[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI877281B - Method for manufacturing curable resin film, composite sheet and semiconductor chip - Google Patents

Method for manufacturing curable resin film, composite sheet and semiconductor chip Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI877281B
TWI877281B TW109146464A TW109146464A TWI877281B TW I877281 B TWI877281 B TW I877281B TW 109146464 A TW109146464 A TW 109146464A TW 109146464 A TW109146464 A TW 109146464A TW I877281 B TWI877281 B TW I877281B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
resin film
semiconductor chip
curable resin
aforementioned
wafer
Prior art date
Application number
TW109146464A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202140641A (en
Inventor
篠田智則
根本拓
田村桜子
Tomotaka MORISHITA
四宮圭亮
Original Assignee
日商琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW202140641A publication Critical patent/TW202140641A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI877281B publication Critical patent/TWI877281B/en

Links

Classifications

    • H10W74/131
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/18Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
    • B32B27/26Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives using curing agents
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B37/00Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding
    • B32B37/06Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding characterised by the heating method
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B37/00Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding
    • B32B37/10Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding characterised by the pressing technique, e.g. using action of vacuum or fluid pressure
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B37/00Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding
    • B32B37/14Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding characterised by the properties of the layers
    • B32B37/26Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding characterised by the properties of the layers with at least one layer which influences the bonding during the lamination process, e.g. release layers or pressure equalising layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/06Interconnection of layers permitting easy separation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • H10P52/00
    • H10P54/00
    • H10P95/00
    • H10W72/20
    • H10W74/01
    • H10W74/012
    • H10W74/10
    • H10W74/15
    • H10W74/40
    • H10W95/00
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B37/00Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding
    • B32B37/14Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding characterised by the properties of the layers
    • B32B37/26Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding characterised by the properties of the layers with at least one layer which influences the bonding during the lamination process, e.g. release layers or pressure equalising layers
    • B32B2037/268Release layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/14Semiconductor wafers
    • H10W72/012

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Fluid Mechanics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Forklifts And Lifting Vehicles (AREA)
  • Mechanical Treatment Of Semiconductor (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Container, Conveyance, Adherence, Positioning, Of Wafer (AREA)
  • Encapsulation Of And Coatings For Semiconductor Or Solid State Devices (AREA)
  • Structures Or Materials For Encapsulating Or Coating Semiconductor Devices Or Solid State Devices (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)

Abstract

本發明的課題為提供一種硬化性樹脂薄膜,其係對於半導體晶片的凸塊形成面及側面之兩者,可形成被覆性優異之保護膜。作為解決此課題的硬化性樹脂薄膜,係提供用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜;並且滿足下述要件(I)的硬化性樹脂薄膜。 <要件(I)> 在溫度90℃、頻率1Hz之條件下,使直徑25mm、厚度1mm之前述硬化性樹脂薄膜的試驗片產生應變,並測定前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數,於將前述試驗片的應變為1%時之前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數設為Gc1,且將前述試驗片的應變為300%時之前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數設為Gc300時,藉由下述式(i)所算出之X值為19以上且未滿10,000。 The subject of the present invention is to provide a curable resin film that can form a protective film with excellent coverage on both the bump-forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip. As a curable resin film for solving this problem, a curable resin film is provided for forming a protective film on both the bump-forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump-forming surface with bumps; and the curable resin film satisfies the following requirement (I). <Requirement (I)> Under the conditions of a temperature of 90°C and a frequency of 1 Hz, a test piece of the aforementioned curable resin film having a diameter of 25 mm and a thickness of 1 mm is strained, and the storage modulus of the aforementioned test piece is measured, and when the storage modulus of the aforementioned test piece when the strain of the aforementioned test piece is 1% is set as Gc1, and when the storage modulus of the aforementioned test piece when the strain of the aforementioned test piece is 300% is set as Gc300, the value of X calculated by the following formula (i) is 19 or more and less than 10,000.

Description

硬化性樹脂薄膜,複合薄片及半導體晶片之製造方法Method for manufacturing curable resin film, composite sheet and semiconductor chip

本發明係關於硬化性樹脂薄膜、複合薄片及半導體晶片之製造方法。更詳細說明,本發明係關於硬化性樹脂薄膜及具備該硬化性樹脂薄膜的複合薄片,以及藉由利用該等而設置硬化樹脂膜作為保護膜的半導體晶片之製造方法。The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a hardening resin film, a composite sheet, and a semiconductor chip. More specifically, the present invention relates to a hardening resin film, a composite sheet having the hardening resin film, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip using the hardening resin film as a protective film.

近年來,進行著使用稱為所謂倒裝(face down)方式之安裝法的半導體裝置的製造。倒裝方式中,係藉由將電路面上具備凸塊之半導體晶片與搭載該半導體晶片用之基板,以該半導體晶片之電路面與該基板對向的方式進行層合,使該半導體晶片搭載於該基板上。 另外,該半導體晶片通常係將電路面上具備凸塊之半導體晶圓予以單片化而得。In recent years, semiconductor devices have been manufactured using a mounting method called a flip-chip (face down) method. In the flip-chip method, a semiconductor chip having bumps on a circuit surface and a substrate for mounting the semiconductor chip are laminated in such a way that the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip faces the substrate, and the semiconductor chip is mounted on the substrate. In addition, the semiconductor chip is usually obtained by singulating a semiconductor wafer having bumps on a circuit surface.

在具備凸塊之半導體晶圓中,以保護凸塊與半導體晶圓的接合部分(以下,亦稱為「凸塊頸部」)為目的,有時會設置保護膜。 例如專利文獻1及專利文獻2中,係將依序層合支持基材、黏著劑層與熱硬化性樹脂層而成之層合體,以熱硬化性樹脂層作為貼合面,按壓並貼附至具備凸塊之半導體晶圓的凸塊形成面後,藉由加熱該熱硬化性樹脂層使其硬化,而形成保護膜。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]In a semiconductor wafer having a bump, a protective film is sometimes provided for the purpose of protecting the bonding portion between the bump and the semiconductor wafer (hereinafter also referred to as the "bump neck"). For example, in Patent Documents 1 and 2, a laminate formed by laminating a support substrate, an adhesive layer, and a thermosetting resin layer in sequence is pressed and attached to the bump forming surface of a semiconductor wafer having a bump, with the thermosetting resin layer as a bonding surface, and the thermosetting resin layer is heated to harden it, thereby forming a protective film. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2015-092594號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2012-169484號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-092594 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-169484

[發明欲解決之課題][Problems to be solved by the invention]

近年來,隨著電子機器等IC組裝製品之小型化及薄型化的進行,亦變得更進一步要求半導體晶片的薄型化。但是,若半導體晶片變薄,則半導體晶片的強度會降低。因此,存在有例如搬送半導體晶片、實施將半導體晶片封裝(Package)化之後步驟時,半導體晶片變得容易破損之問題。 因此,想到在半導體晶圓的凸塊形成面上形成保護膜,謀求保護凸塊頸部並且提升半導體晶片的強度。但是,僅在半導體晶圓的凸塊形成面上形成保護膜,半導體晶片的強度的提升並不充分。並且,該保護膜有時會產生膜剝離。In recent years, with the miniaturization and thinning of IC assembly products such as electronic equipment, there has been a further demand for thinning of semiconductor chips. However, if the semiconductor chip becomes thinner, the strength of the semiconductor chip will decrease. Therefore, there is a problem that the semiconductor chip becomes easily damaged when, for example, the semiconductor chip is transported and the subsequent steps of packaging the semiconductor chip are implemented. Therefore, it is thought of forming a protective film on the bump forming surface of the semiconductor wafer to protect the bump neck and improve the strength of the semiconductor chip. However, the strength of the semiconductor chip is not sufficiently improved by only forming a protective film on the bump forming surface of the semiconductor wafer. In addition, the protective film sometimes causes film peeling.

據此,本發明人等,構思出藉由將保護凸塊頸部為目的所設置之保護膜,不僅於半導體晶片的凸塊形成面亦設置於側面,可提升半導體晶片的強度的同時,亦抑制保護膜之剝離,且能構築出極為合理之構造。該構思之下,本發明人等致力反覆研討,從而創出了對於半導體晶片的凸塊形成面及側面之兩者可形成被覆性優異之保護膜的硬化性樹脂薄膜。Based on this, the inventors of the present invention have conceived that by providing a protective film for the purpose of protecting the bump neck, not only on the bump forming surface of the semiconductor chip but also on the side surface, the strength of the semiconductor chip can be improved while suppressing the peeling of the protective film, and a very reasonable structure can be constructed. Based on this concept, the inventors of the present invention have devoted themselves to repeated research and have created a curable resin film that can form a protective film with excellent coverage on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of the semiconductor chip.

因此,本發明的課題在於提供對於半導體晶片的凸塊形成面及側面之兩者可形成被覆性優異之保護膜的硬化性樹脂薄膜、具備該硬化性樹脂薄膜的複合薄片、以及利用該等(該硬化性樹脂薄膜及該複合薄片)之半導體晶片之製造方法。 [用以解決課題之手段]Therefore, the subject of the present invention is to provide a curable resin film that can form a protective film with excellent coverage on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip, a composite sheet having the curable resin film, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip using the curable resin film and the composite sheet. [Means for solving the subject]

本發明人等致力反覆研討的結果,發現到藉由著眼於從硬化性樹脂薄膜具有之特定物性值所算出之參數,可解決上述課題,從而達至完成本發明。As a result of repeated studies, the inventors of the present invention have found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by focusing on the parameters calculated from the specific physical properties of the curable resin film, thereby achieving the present invention.

亦即,本發明係關於下述[1]~[14]。 [1] 一種硬化性樹脂薄膜,其係用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜;並且滿足下述要件(I)。 <要件(I)> 在溫度90℃、頻率1Hz之條件下,使直徑25mm、厚度1mm之前述硬化性樹脂薄膜的試驗片產生應變,並測定前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數,於將前述試驗片的應變為1%時之前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數設為Gc1,且將前述試驗片的應變為300%時之前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數設為Gc300時,藉由下述式(i)所算出之X值為19以上且未滿10,000。 [2] 如上述[1]所記載的硬化性樹脂薄膜,其中,前述要件(I)中,Gc300未滿15,000。 [3] 一種複合薄片,其係用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜, 並且具有層合支持薄片與硬化性樹脂之層而成之層合構造, 前述硬化性樹脂為如上述[1]或[2]所記載的硬化性樹脂薄膜。 [4] 一種使用方法,其係將如上述[1]或[2]所記載的硬化性樹脂薄膜使用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜的使用方法。 [5] 一種使用方法,其係將如上述[3]所記載之複合薄片使用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜的使用方法。 [6] 一種半導體晶片之製造方法,其依序包含下述步驟(S1)~(S4), ・步驟(S1):準備半導體晶片製作用晶圓的步驟,該半導體晶片製作用晶圓係於具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶圓的前述凸塊形成面上,以未到達背面的方式形成有作為分割預定線的溝部 ・步驟(S2):將第一硬化性樹脂(x1)按壓並貼附至前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述凸塊形成面,並且,以前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)被覆前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述凸塊形成面的同時,埋入前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)至形成於前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓上的前述溝部的步驟 ・步驟(S3):使前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)硬化,得到附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的步驟 ・步驟(S4):沿著前述分割預定線,將前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓進行單片化,得到至少前述凸塊形成面及側面被前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片的步驟 進而,在前述步驟(S2)之後且在前述步驟(S3)之前、在前述步驟(S3)之後且在前述步驟(S4)之前、或在前述步驟(S4)中,包含下述步驟(S-BG), ・步驟(S-BG):將前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面進行研削的步驟;並且 使用如上述[1]或[2]所記載的硬化性樹脂薄膜作為前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)。 [7] 如上述[6]所記載之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,前述步驟(S2)係藉由將具有層合第一支持薄片(Y1)與前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)而成之層合構造的第一複合薄片(α1),以前述層(X1)作為貼附面按壓並貼附至前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述凸塊形成面來實施。 [8] 如上述[7]所記載之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,在前述步驟(S2)之後且在前述步驟(S3)之前包含前述步驟(S-BG),並且 前述步驟(S-BG)係藉由在貼附有前述第一複合薄片(α1)之狀態下,研削前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面之後,從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1)來實施, 前述步驟(S4)係藉由將前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於前述溝部的部分,沿著前述分割預定線切斷來實施。 [9] 如上述[7]所記載之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,在前述步驟(S3)之後且在前述步驟(S4)之前包含前述步驟(S-BG),並且 以未從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1)的方式來實施前述步驟(S3), 前述步驟(S-BG)係藉由在貼附有前述第一複合薄片(α1)之狀態下,研削前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面之後,從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1)來實施, 前述步驟(S4)係藉由將前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於前述溝部的部分,沿著前述分割預定線切斷來實施。 [10] 如上述[7]所記載之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,在前述步驟(S3)之後且在前述步驟(S4)之前包含前述步驟(S-BG),並且 在前述步驟(S2)之後且在前述步驟(S3)之前,從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1), 前述步驟(S-BG)係藉由將背面研磨薄片(b-BG)貼附至前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之表面,在貼附有前述背面研磨薄片(b-BG)之狀態下,研削前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面之後,從前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓剝離前述背面研磨薄片(b-BG)來實施, 前述步驟(S4)係藉由將前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於前述溝部的部分,沿著前述分割預定線切斷來實施。 [11] 如上述[7]所記載之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,在前述步驟(S4)中包含前述步驟(S-BG),並且 在前述步驟(S2)之後且在前述步驟(S3)之前,從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1), 前述步驟(S4)係藉由於前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於前述溝部的部分,沿著前述分割預定線切入切口,或沿著前述分割預定線形成改質區域之後,作為前述步驟(S-BG),將背面研磨薄片(b-BG)貼附至前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之表面,在貼附有前述背面研磨薄片(b-BG)之狀態下,研削前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面來實施。 [12] 如上述[6]~[11]中任一項所記載之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,進而包含下述步驟(T)。 ・步驟(T):於前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面,形成第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)的步驟 [13] 如上述[6]~[12]中任一項所記載之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,前述溝部的寬度為10μm~2000μm。 [14] 如上述[6]~[13]中任一項所記載之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,前述溝部的深度為30μm~700μm。 [發明之效果]That is, the present invention relates to the following [1] to [14]. [1] A curable resin film, which is used to form a curable resin film as a protective film on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps; and satisfies the following requirement (I). <Requirement (I)> Under the conditions of a temperature of 90°C and a frequency of 1 Hz, a test piece of the aforementioned curable resin film having a diameter of 25 mm and a thickness of 1 mm is strained, and the storage modulus of the aforementioned test piece is measured, and when the storage modulus of the aforementioned test piece when the strain of the aforementioned test piece is 1% is set as Gc1, and when the storage modulus of the aforementioned test piece when the strain of the aforementioned test piece is 300% is set as Gc300, the value of X calculated by the following formula (i) is 19 or more and less than 10,000. [2] A curable resin film as described in [1] above, wherein in the above requirement (I), Gc300 is less than 15,000. [3] A composite sheet for forming a curable resin film as a protective film on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps, and having a laminated structure formed by laminating a support sheet and a curable resin layer, wherein the curable resin is a curable resin film as described in [1] or [2] above. [4] A method of use, which is a method of using the curable resin film described in [1] or [2] above to form a curable resin film as a protective film on both the aforementioned bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps. [5] A method of use, which is a method of using the composite sheet described in [3] above to form a curable resin film as a protective film on both the aforementioned bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps. [6] A method of manufacturing a semiconductor chip, which comprises the following steps (S1) to (S4) in sequence, ・Step (S1): a step of preparing a semiconductor wafer for manufacturing a working wafer, wherein the semiconductor wafer for manufacturing a working wafer is a semiconductor wafer having a bump forming surface with bumps, and a groove portion serving as a predetermined dividing line is formed on the bump forming surface of the semiconductor wafer so as not to reach the back surface ・Step (S2): a step of pressing and attaching a first curable resin (x1) to the bump forming surface of the semiconductor wafer for manufacturing a working wafer, and while covering the bump forming surface of the semiconductor wafer for manufacturing a working wafer with the first curable resin (x1), burying the first curable resin (x1) in the groove portion formed on the semiconductor wafer for manufacturing a working wafer ・Step (S3): hardening the first curable resin (x1) to obtain a semiconductor wafer with a first curable resin film (r1) ・Step (S4): singulating the semiconductor wafer with the first curable resin film (r1) along the predetermined dividing line to obtain semiconductor wafers at least on which the bump forming surface and the side surface are covered with the first curable resin film (r1) Further, after the step (S2) and before the step (S3), after the step (S3) and before the step (S4), or in the step (S4), the following step (S-BG) is included, ・Step (S-BG): grinding the back side of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer; and using the curable resin film described in [1] or [2] as the first curable resin (x1). [7] The method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as described in [6], wherein the step (S2) is performed by pressing and attaching a first composite sheet (α1) having a laminated structure formed by laminating a first support sheet (Y1) and a layer (X1) of the first curable resin (x1) to the bump forming surface of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer using the layer (X1) as an attachment surface. [8] A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as described in the above-mentioned [7], wherein the step (S-BG) is included after the step (S2) and before the step (S3), and the step (S-BG) is implemented by grinding the back side of the semiconductor chip wafer with the first composite film (α1) attached thereto, and then peeling off the first supporting film (Y1) from the first composite film (α1), and the step (S4) is implemented by cutting the portion formed in the groove of the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor chip wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1) attached thereto along the predetermined dividing line. [9] The method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as described in the above-mentioned [7], wherein the step (S-BG) is included after the step (S3) and before the step (S4), and the step (S3) is implemented in a manner that the first supporting sheet (Y1) is not peeled off from the first composite sheet (α1), and the step (S-BG) is implemented by grinding the back side of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer in a state where the first composite sheet (α1) is attached, and then peeling the first supporting sheet (Y1) from the first composite sheet (α1), The aforementioned step (S4) is implemented by cutting the portion of the aforementioned first hardened resin film (r1) formed in the aforementioned groove along the aforementioned predetermined dividing line in the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the aforementioned first hardened resin film (r1). [10] The method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as described in the aforementioned [7], wherein the aforementioned step (S-BG) is included after the aforementioned step (S3) and before the aforementioned step (S4), and after the aforementioned step (S2) and before the aforementioned step (S3), the aforementioned first supporting sheet (Y1) is peeled off from the aforementioned first composite sheet (α1), The aforementioned step (S-BG) is implemented by attaching a back grinding sheet (b-BG) to the surface of the aforementioned first hardened resin film (r1) of the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1), grinding the aforementioned back side of the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the aforementioned back grinding sheet (b-BG) attached, and then peeling off the aforementioned back grinding sheet (b-BG) from the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1). The aforementioned step (S4) is implemented by cutting the portion formed in the aforementioned groove in the aforementioned first hardened resin film (r1) of the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1) along the aforementioned predetermined dividing line. [11] The method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as described in the above-mentioned [7], wherein the above-mentioned step (S4) includes the above-mentioned step (S-BG), and after the above-mentioned step (S2) and before the above-mentioned step (S3), the above-mentioned first supporting sheet (Y1) is peeled off from the above-mentioned first composite sheet (α1), The aforementioned step (S4) is implemented by cutting a notch along the aforementioned predetermined dividing line or forming a modified region along the aforementioned predetermined dividing line in the aforementioned first hardened resin film (r1) of the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1), and then as the aforementioned step (S-BG), a back grinding sheet (b-BG) is attached to the surface of the aforementioned first hardened resin film (r1) of the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1), and grinding the aforementioned back side of the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer in a state where the aforementioned back grinding sheet (b-BG) is attached. [12] The method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as described in any one of the above [6] to [11] further includes the following step (T). ・Step (T): forming a second hardened resin film (r2) on the back side of the wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing. [13] A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as described in any one of [6] to [12] above, wherein the width of the groove is 10 μm to 2000 μm. [14] A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as described in any one of [6] to [13] above, wherein the depth of the groove is 30 μm to 700 μm. [Effect of the Invention]

根據本發明,能夠提供對於半導體晶片的凸塊形成面及側面之兩者可形成被覆性優異之保護膜的硬化性樹脂薄膜、具備該硬化性樹脂薄膜的複合薄片、以及利用該等(該硬化性樹脂薄膜及該複合薄片)之半導體晶片之製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a curable resin film that can form a protective film with excellent coverage on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip, a composite sheet having the curable resin film, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip using the curable resin film and the composite sheet.

本說明書中,所謂「有效成分」係指作為對象之組成物所含之成分中,除了水或有機溶媒等稀釋溶媒以外之成分。 又,本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數平均分子量為藉由凝膠・滲透・層析法(GPC)法所測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。 又,本說明書中,關於較佳之數值範圍(例如,含量等範圍),階段地所記載之下限值及上限值可分別獨立地組合。例如,由「較佳為10~90,更佳為30~60」之記載,亦可組合「較佳之下限值(10)」與「更佳之上限值(60)」而設為「10~60」。In this specification, the so-called "active ingredient" refers to the ingredients contained in the composition of interest, excluding diluents such as water or organic solvents. In addition, in this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are polystyrene conversion values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method. In addition, in this specification, regarding the preferred numerical range (for example, content range, etc.), the lower limit value and upper limit value described in stages can be combined independently. For example, from the description of "preferably 10~90, more preferably 30~60", it is also possible to combine "preferably lower limit value (10)" and "more preferably upper limit value (60)" to set it to "10~60".

[硬化性樹脂薄膜(第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1))] 本發明的硬化性樹脂薄膜為,用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜;並且滿足下述要件(I)。 <要件(I)> 在溫度90℃、頻率1Hz之條件下,使直徑25mm、厚度1mm之前述硬化性樹脂薄膜的試驗片產生應變,並測定前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數,於將前述試驗片的應變為1%時之前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數設為Gc1,且將前述試驗片的應變為300%時之前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數設為Gc300時,藉由下述式(i)所算出之X值為19以上且未滿10,000。 [Curing resin film (first curing resin film (x1))] The curing resin film of the present invention is a curing resin film used to form a protective film on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps; and satisfies the following requirement (I). <Requirement (I)> Under the conditions of a temperature of 90°C and a frequency of 1 Hz, a test piece of the aforementioned curable resin film having a diameter of 25 mm and a thickness of 1 mm is strained, and the storage modulus of the aforementioned test piece is measured, and when the storage modulus of the aforementioned test piece when the strain of the aforementioned test piece is 1% is set as Gc1, and when the storage modulus of the aforementioned test piece when the strain of the aforementioned test piece is 300% is set as Gc300, the value of X calculated by the following formula (i) is 19 or more and less than 10,000.

進行儲存彈性模數之測定的前述試驗片為薄膜狀,其平面形狀為圓形。 前述試驗片可為厚度1mm之單層的前述硬化性樹脂薄膜,但就製作容易的點而言,較佳為將厚度未滿1mm之單層的前述硬化性樹脂薄膜複數片層合所構成之層合薄膜。 構成前述層合薄膜之複數片之單層的前述硬化性樹脂薄膜的厚度可全部相同,亦可全部不同,也可僅一部分相同,但就製作容易的點而言,較佳為全部相同。The test piece for measuring the storage elastic modulus is in the form of a film, and its plane shape is circular. The test piece may be a single-layered curable resin film with a thickness of 1 mm, but in terms of ease of manufacture, it is preferably a laminated film composed of a plurality of single-layered curable resin films with a thickness of less than 1 mm. The thickness of the plurality of single-layered curable resin films constituting the laminated film may be the same, different, or only partially the same, but in terms of ease of manufacture, it is preferably the same for all.

另外,本說明書中,並不限於前述Gc1及Gc300,所謂「試驗片之儲存彈性模數」意指「在溫度90℃、頻率1Hz之條件下,使直徑25mm、厚度1mm之樹脂薄膜的試驗片產生應變時之對應於該應變之試驗片的儲存彈性模數」。In addition, in this manual, the so-called "storage elastic modulus of the test piece" is not limited to the aforementioned Gc1 and Gc300. It means "the storage elastic modulus of the test piece corresponding to the strain when the test piece of resin film with a diameter of 25mm and a thickness of 1mm is strained under the conditions of temperature 90°C and frequency 1Hz."

本發明之一態樣的硬化性樹脂薄膜可構成例如,具有層合支持薄片與前述硬化性樹脂薄膜之層而成之層合構造的複合薄片。The curable resin film according to one aspect of the present invention may be formed as, for example, a composite sheet having a laminated structure including a support sheet and the curable resin film.

本說明書中,用於對半導體晶片的凸塊形成面及側面之兩者,形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜的硬化性樹脂薄膜(本發明的硬化性樹脂薄膜)亦稱為「第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)」或「第一硬化性樹脂(x1)」。並且,將「第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)」或「第一硬化性樹脂(x1)」硬化而形成的硬化樹脂膜亦稱為「第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)」。又,用於在與半導體晶片的凸塊形成面相反側之面(背面),形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜的硬化性樹脂薄膜亦稱為「第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)」或「第二硬化性樹脂(x2)」。並且,將「第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)」或「第二硬化性樹脂(x2)」硬化而形成的硬化樹脂膜亦稱為「第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)」。 又,本說明書中,用於對在半導體晶片的凸塊形成面及側面之兩者,形成作為保護膜之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的複合薄片亦稱為「第一複合薄片(α1)」。「第一複合薄片(α1)」具有層合「第一支持薄片(Y1)」與「第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)」而成之層合構造。 又,用於在半導體晶片之背面形成作為保護膜之第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)的複合薄片亦稱為「第二複合薄片(α2)」。「第二複合薄片(α2)」具有層合「第二支持薄片(Y2)」與「第二硬化性樹脂(x2)之層(X2)」而成之層合構造。In this specification, a hardening resin film (hardening resin film of the present invention) used to form a hardening resin film as a protective film on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip is also referred to as a "first hardening resin film (x1)" or "first hardening resin (x1)". In addition, a hardening resin film formed by hardening the "first hardening resin film (x1)" or "first hardening resin (x1)" is also referred to as a "first hardening resin film (r1)". In addition, a hardening resin film used to form a hardening resin film as a protective film on the surface (back surface) opposite to the bump forming surface of a semiconductor chip is also referred to as a "second hardening resin film (x2)" or "second hardening resin (x2)". Furthermore, a hardened resin film formed by hardening the "second hardening resin film (x2)" or the "second hardening resin (x2)" is also referred to as a "second hardening resin film (r2)". In addition, in this specification, a composite sheet for forming a first hardening resin film (r1) as a protective film on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip is also referred to as a "first composite sheet (α1)". The "first composite sheet (α1)" has a laminated structure formed by laminating a "first supporting sheet (Y1)" and a "layer (X1) of the first hardening resin (x1)". Furthermore, a composite sheet for forming a second hardening resin film (r2) as a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor chip is also referred to as a "second composite sheet (α2)". The "second composite sheet (α2)" has a laminated structure formed by laminating a "second supporting sheet (Y2)" and a "layer (X2) of a second curable resin (x2)".

將第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的剖面示意圖表示於圖1。 另外,於以下說明所使用之圖,係為了使本發明之特徵更易於理解,方便上,有擴大顯示作為主要部分之部位的情況,並未限定各構成要件的尺寸比率等與實際相同。A schematic cross-sectional view of the first curable resin film (x1) is shown in FIG1. In addition, the following illustrations are used to make the features of the present invention easier to understand. For convenience, the main parts are enlarged and displayed, and the dimensional ratios of the various components are not limited to the actual ones.

於圖1中所示之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1),係在其一面(本說明書中,亦稱為「第1面」)x1a上具備第1剝離薄膜151,並在與前述第1面x1a相反側之另一面(本說明書中,亦稱為「第2面」)x1b上具備第2剝離薄膜152。 具備此構成之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1),例如,適合作為輥狀來保存。The first curable resin film (x1) shown in FIG. 1 has a first peeling film 151 on one side (also referred to as "first side" in this specification) x1a, and has a second peeling film 152 on the other side (also referred to as "second side" in this specification) x1b opposite to the first side x1a. The first curable resin film (x1) having this structure is suitable for storage in a roll shape, for example.

第1剝離薄膜151及第2剝離薄膜152皆可為公知者。 第1剝離薄膜151及第2剝離薄膜152相互可為相同,亦可為不同。作為第1剝離薄膜151及第2剝離薄膜152不同的情況之例,可舉出從第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)剝離時所需之剝離力不同等。The first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152 may be known. The first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152 may be the same or different from each other. As an example of the first peeling film 151 and the second peeling film 152 being different, the peeling force required when peeling from the first curable resin film (x1) is different.

於圖1中所示之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係去除第1剝離薄膜151及第2剝離薄膜152的任一者,使產生之露出面成為對貼附對象物之貼附面。接著,去除第1剝離薄膜151及第2剝離薄膜152之剩餘的另一者,使產生之露出面成為後述用於構成第一複合薄片(α1)之第一支持薄片(Y1)的貼附面。The first curable resin film (x1) shown in FIG1 is formed by removing one of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152, so that the exposed surface becomes the attachment surface to the attachment object. Then, the remaining other of the first release film 151 and the second release film 152 is removed, so that the exposed surface becomes the attachment surface of the first supporting sheet (Y1) used to form the first composite sheet (α1) described later.

另外,圖1中,雖表示剝離薄膜設置於第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)之兩面(第1面x1a,第2面x1b)的例,但剝離薄膜可僅設置於第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的任一面,亦即,僅設置於第1面x1a,或僅設置於第2面x1b。In addition, although FIG. 1 shows an example in which the release film is provided on both sides (the first side x1a and the second side x1b) of the first curable resin film (x1), the release film may be provided only on any one side of the first curable resin film (x1), that is, only on the first side x1a or only on the second side x1b.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)可為熱硬化性及能量線硬化性的任一者,亦可具有熱硬化性及能量線硬化性兩者的特性。The first curable resin film (x1) may be either thermosetting or energy ray curable, or may have both thermosetting and energy ray curable properties.

本說明書中,所謂「能量線」意指於電磁波或帶電粒子束之中具有能量量子者。作為能量線之例,可列舉紫外線、放射線、電子束等。紫外線例如可藉由使用高壓水銀燈、融合(Fusion)燈、氙氣燈、螢光燈或LED燈等作為紫外線源進行照射。電子束可照射藉由電子束加速器等所產生者。 又,本說明書中,所謂「能量線硬化性」意指藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質,「非能量線硬化性」意指即使照射能量線亦不硬化之性質。In this specification, the so-called "energy ray" means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam that has energy quanta. Examples of energy rays include ultraviolet rays, radiation, electron beams, etc. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using a high-pressure mercury lamp, fusion lamp, xenon lamp, fluorescent lamp, or LED lamp as an ultraviolet source. Electron beams can be irradiated by electron beam accelerators, etc. In addition, in this specification, the so-called "energy ray curability" means the property of curing by irradiation with energy rays, and "non-energy ray curability" means the property of not curing even if irradiated with energy rays.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)含有樹脂成分。 又,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係可與樹脂成分一同含有或不含有樹脂成分以外之成分。 作為第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的較佳態樣,例如可舉出樹脂成分、填充材與不相當於該等(樹脂成分與填充材)之任一者且具有第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的儲存彈性模數的調節效果的各種添加劑。The first curable resin film (x1) contains a resin component. In addition, the first curable resin film (x1) may contain or not contain components other than the resin component together with the resin component. As a preferred embodiment of the first curable resin film (x1), for example, various additives that are not equivalent to the resin component, filler, and any one of the resin components (resin component and filler) and have an effect of adjusting the storage elastic modulus of the first curable resin film (x1) can be cited.

作為具有第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的儲存彈性模數的調節效果的前述添加劑,例如可列舉流變控制劑(觸變劑)、界面活性劑、矽油等。Examples of the additive having the effect of adjusting the storage elastic modulus of the first curable resin film (x1) include rheology control agents (thixotropic agents), surfactants, silicone oil, and the like.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)為軟質,且適合用於對如具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面及作為分割預定線的溝部的半導體晶片製作用晶圓般之具有凹凸面之貼附對象物的貼附用。 另外,在之後的說明中,「具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面及作為分割預定線的溝部的半導體晶片製作用晶圓」亦可僅稱為「半導體晶片製作用晶圓」。 第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係藉由對半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面進行按壓並貼附,而將第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)以良好的埋入性填充至溝部。 又,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係藉由對半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面進行按壓並貼附,而使凸塊貫通第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1),且凸塊的頭頂部自第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)突出。並且,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)覆蓋凸塊並於凸塊之間擴展,在與凸塊形成面密著的同時,覆蓋凸塊的表面,特別是凸塊形成面之附近部位的表面,並埋入凸塊的基部。此狀態下,在凸塊之以頭頂部為主的上部,可抑制第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的殘留。因此,當然也抑制了作為第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的硬化物的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)附著於凸塊的上部。又,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係在貼附於貼附對象物之後,亦可以容易地維持初始(貼附前)之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的面積,也可抑制貼附後的面積相較於初始(貼附前)之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的面積擴大的現象(以下,亦稱為「突出」)。因此,對半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面貼附第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)時,也可抑制對溝部或凸塊基部之埋入不良等。 進而,在使用第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)時,於凸塊形成面設置第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)及作為其硬化物之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的狀態下,可抑制凸塊的上部以外之區域,或,凸塊形成面的凸塊附近之區域非預期地露出之情況(以下,亦稱為「收縮(cissing)」)。 此等效果,係藉由上述要件(I)中所規定之X值為19以上且未滿10,000而可獲得。The first curable resin film (x1) is soft and suitable for attachment to an object having a concave-convex surface, such as a semiconductor chip wafer having a bump-forming surface with bumps and a groove as a predetermined dividing line. In the following description, "a semiconductor chip wafer having a bump-forming surface with bumps and a groove as a predetermined dividing line" may also be referred to as "a semiconductor chip wafer". The first curable resin film (x1) is pressed and attached to the bump-forming surface of the semiconductor chip wafer, so that the first curable resin film (x1) is filled into the groove with good embedding properties. Furthermore, the first curable resin film (x1) is pressed and adhered to the bump forming surface of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, so that the bump passes through the first curable resin film (x1), and the top of the bump protrudes from the first curable resin film (x1). In addition, the first curable resin film (x1) covers the bump and spreads between the bumps, and while closely adhering to the bump forming surface, covers the surface of the bump, especially the surface near the bump forming surface, and buries the base of the bump. In this state, the residue of the first curable resin film (x1) can be suppressed on the upper part of the bump, mainly the top. Therefore, of course, the first curable resin film (r1) as the cured product of the first curable resin film (x1) is also suppressed from being attached to the upper part of the bump. Moreover, after being attached to the attachment object, the first curable resin film (x1) can easily maintain the initial (before attachment) area of the first curable resin film (x1), and can also suppress the phenomenon that the area after attachment is larger than the initial (before attachment) area of the first curable resin film (x1) (hereinafter also referred to as "protrusion"). Therefore, when the first curable resin film (x1) is attached to the bump forming surface of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, poor embedding of the groove portion or the bump base portion can also be suppressed. Furthermore, when the first curable resin film (x1) is used, the first curable resin film (x1) and the first curable resin film (r1) as the cured product thereof are provided on the bump forming surface, so that the area other than the upper part of the bump or the area near the bump on the bump forming surface can be suppressed from being exposed unexpectedly (hereinafter also referred to as "shrinking"). These effects can be obtained by setting the X value specified in the above requirement (I) to be 19 or more and less than 10,000.

另外,凸塊的上部之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)或第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的殘留的有無,例如,可藉由對於凸塊的上部,進行由光學顯微鏡或SEM(掃描型電子顯微鏡)之觀察或攝像資料的取得來確認。 又,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的突出的有無可藉由目視等來觀察。 進而,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)或第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之收縮(cissing)的有無,例如,可藉由對於凸塊形成面,進行由光學顯微鏡或SEM(掃描型電子顯微鏡)之觀察或攝像資料的取得來確認。In addition, the presence or absence of the residue of the first curable resin film (x1) or the first curable resin film (r1) on the upper part of the bump can be confirmed by, for example, observing the upper part of the bump with an optical microscope or SEM (scanning electron microscope) or acquiring photographic data. In addition, the presence or absence of protrusion of the first curable resin film (x1) can be observed visually or the like. Furthermore, the presence or absence of shrinkage (cissing) of the first curable resin film (x1) or the first curable resin film (r1) can be confirmed by, for example, observing the bump formation surface with an optical microscope or SEM (scanning electron microscope) or acquiring photographic data.

另外,將第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)等樹脂薄膜貼附至貼附對象物時,產生突出的情況下,可藉由以下方法算出突出量。 亦即,對產生突出之狀態的樹脂薄膜,從其上方往下看進行俯視,求出此時之連結前述樹脂薄膜的外周上之不同二點間之線段的長度的最大值。進而,在與表示該最大值之前述線段重複的位置,求出初始(亦即,產生突出之前)之前述樹脂薄膜的寬度之值。接著,藉由自前述線段的長度的最大值減去前述樹脂薄膜的寬度之值,可算出前述樹脂薄膜的突出量。In addition, when a resin film such as the first curable resin film (x1) is attached to an attached object and a protrusion occurs, the amount of the protrusion can be calculated by the following method. That is, the resin film in a protruding state is viewed from above, and the maximum value of the length of the line segment connecting two different points on the periphery of the resin film at this time is obtained. Furthermore, the value of the width of the resin film before the initial (that is, before the protrusion occurs) is obtained at the position where the line segment before the maximum value is overlapped. Then, the amount of the protrusion of the resin film can be calculated by subtracting the value of the width of the resin film from the maximum value of the length of the line segment.

圖2為用於示意地說明樹脂薄膜的平面形狀為圓形時之前述樹脂薄膜的突出量的平面圖。 圖2所示之樹脂薄膜101係貼附於貼附對象物102的狀態下,成為自初始之大小突出的狀態。符號101’所示的是初始之大小的樹脂薄膜,係為了易於理解突出量而簡便地顯示。初始之樹脂薄膜101’的平面形狀在此處為圓形,但成為突出的狀態之樹脂薄膜101的平面形狀為非圓形。但是,此為一例,成為突出的狀態之樹脂薄膜101的平面形狀並不限定於此處所示者。FIG2 is a plan view for schematically illustrating the protrusion amount of the aforementioned resin film when the plane shape of the resin film is circular. The resin film 101 shown in FIG2 is in a state of being attached to the attachment object 102 and being in a state of being protruded from the initial size. The symbol 101' shows the resin film of the initial size, which is simply displayed for easy understanding of the protrusion amount. The initial plane shape of the resin film 101' is circular here, but the plane shape of the resin film 101 in the protruding state is non-circular. However, this is an example, and the plane shape of the resin film 101 in the protruding state is not limited to that shown here.

為了獲得樹脂薄膜101的突出量,只要求出連結樹脂薄膜101的外周1010上之中的一點1010a與不同於其的另外一點1010b之間的線段的長度D1 的最大值,進而,在與表示該最大值之前述線段重複的位置,求出初始(亦即,突出之前)之樹脂薄膜101’的寬度之值D0 即可。D1 與D0 之差(D1 -D0 )為前述突出量。 樹脂薄膜101中表示最大值之前述線段,在俯視下,可以存在通過初始之樹脂薄膜101’中的圓的中心,此情況下,在與表示該最大值之前述線段重複的位置,初始之樹脂薄膜101’的寬度之值為樹脂薄膜101’之直徑。In order to obtain the protrusion amount of the resin film 101, it is only necessary to find the maximum value of the length D1 of the line segment connecting a point 1010a and another point 1010b on the outer periphery 1010 of the resin film 101, and then find the value D0 of the initial width of the resin film 101' (i.e., before the protrusion) at the position overlapping with the previous line segment indicating the maximum value. The difference between D1 and D0 ( D1 - D0 ) is the aforementioned protrusion amount. The previous line segment indicating the maximum value in the resin film 101 may exist in a plan view passing through the center of a circle in the initial resin film 101'. In this case, the value of the initial width of the resin film 101' at the position overlapping with the previous line segment indicating the maximum value is the diameter of the resin film 101'.

另外,此處,雖參照圖面並針對樹脂薄膜的平面形狀為圓形時之樹脂薄膜的突出量進行說明,但平面形狀為圓形以外的情況下,亦可用相同方法算出樹脂薄膜的突出量。In addition, here, although the protrusion amount of the resin film is described with reference to the drawings when the plane shape of the resin film is a circle, the protrusion amount of the resin film can be calculated by the same method when the plane shape is other than a circle.

將第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面時,在凸塊上部貫通突出第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)且第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)開始侵入至溝部的中盤階段,與,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)埋入凸塊的基部且埋入溝部的終盤階段,硬化性樹脂薄膜的應變程度很大的不同。更具體來說,於前述中盤階段之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的應變小,於前述終盤階段之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的應變大。 第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係採用Gc1作為其應變小之時的儲存彈性模數,並採用Gc300作為其應變大之時的儲存彈性模數,藉由將Gc1設定為高,Gc300設定為低,並將上述要件(I)中所規定之X值(=Gc1/Gc300)規定為19以上且未滿10,000,可取得前述說明之優異的效果。When the first curable resin film (x1) is attached to the bump-forming surface of a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, the strain of the curable resin film is greatly different in the middle stage when the first curable resin film (x1) protrudes through the upper part of the bump and begins to intrude into the groove, and in the final stage when the first curable resin film (x1) is buried in the base of the bump and buried in the groove. More specifically, the strain of the first curable resin film (x1) in the aforementioned middle stage is small, and the strain of the first curable resin film (x1) in the aforementioned final stage is large. The first curable resin film (x1) adopts Gc1 as its storage elastic modulus when the strain is small, and adopts Gc300 as its storage elastic modulus when the strain is large. By setting Gc1 to be high, Gc300 to be low, and setting the X value (=Gc1/Gc300) specified in the above requirement (I) to be greater than 19 and less than 10,000, the excellent effect described above can be obtained.

就更容易發揮本發明的效果的觀點而言,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係,上述要件(I)中所規定之X值的上限較佳為5000以下,更佳為2000以下,再更佳為1000以下,又再更佳為500以下,進而更佳為300以下,再更佳為100以下,又再更佳為70以下。 又,本發明的效果中,就使對半導體晶片製作用晶圓之溝部的埋入性更良好的觀點而言,上述要件(I)中所規定之X值較佳為25以上,更佳為30以上,再更佳為40以上,又再更佳為50以上,進而更佳為60以上。From the viewpoint of making it easier to exert the effect of the present invention, the first curable resin film (x1) preferably has an upper limit of the X value specified in the above requirement (I) of 5000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, further preferably 1000 or less, further preferably 500 or less, further preferably 300 or less, further preferably 100 or less, further preferably 70 or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of making the embedding property of the trench of the semiconductor wafer manufacturing wafer better, the X value specified in the above requirement (I) is preferably 25 or more, more preferably 30 or more, further preferably 40 or more, further preferably 50 or more, further preferably 60 or more.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)中,Gc1只要是上述要件(I)中所規定之X值為19以上且未滿10000,則並未特別限定。 但是,就更容易發揮本發明的效果的觀點而言,Gc1較佳為1×104 ~1×106 Pa,更佳為3×104 ~7×105 Pa,再更佳為5×104 ~5×105 Pa。In the first curable resin film (x1), Gc1 is not particularly limited as long as the X value specified in the above requirement (I) is 19 or more and less than 10000. However, from the viewpoint of more easily exerting the effect of the present invention, Gc1 is preferably 1×10 4 to 1×10 6 Pa, more preferably 3×10 4 to 7×10 5 Pa, and even more preferably 5×10 4 to 5×10 5 Pa.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)中,Gc300只要是X值為19以上且未滿10000,則並未特別限定。 但是,本發明的效果中,就使對半導體晶片製作用晶圓之溝部的埋入性更良好的觀點而言,Gc300較佳為未滿15,000Pa,更佳為10,000Pa以下,再更佳為5,000Pa以下,又再更佳為4,000Pa以下,進而更佳為3,500Pa以下。又,就抑制第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)之收縮(cissing)的觀點而言,Gc300較佳為100Pa以上,更佳為500Pa以上,再更佳為1,000Pa以上。In the first curable resin film (x1), Gc300 is not particularly limited as long as the X value is 19 or more and less than 10000. However, in the effect of the present invention, from the viewpoint of making the embedding property of the groove of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer better, Gc300 is preferably less than 15,000Pa, more preferably 10,000Pa or less, more preferably 5,000Pa or less, more preferably 4,000Pa or less, and further preferably 3,500Pa or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of suppressing the shrinkage (cissing) of the first curable resin film (x1), Gc300 is preferably 100Pa or more, more preferably 500Pa or more, and more preferably 1,000Pa or more.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)中,較佳為於上述要件(I)所規定之X值的同時,Gc1及Gc300的任一者或兩者滿足上述範圍。In the first curable resin film (x1), it is preferred that, while the value of X is specified in the requirement (I), either or both of Gc1 and Gc300 satisfy the above range.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的儲存彈性模數不限於Gc1及Gc300的情況,可藉由調節第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)之含有成分的種類及含量的一者或兩者而容易地調節。為此,可調節用於形成第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)之組成物中之含有成分的種類及含量的一者或兩者。例如,使用後述之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)的情況下,藉由調節該組成物中之聚合物成分(A)、填充材(D)等之主要含有成分的種類及含量的一者或兩者,並調節選自流變控制劑、界面活性劑及矽油等之1種以上的添加劑(I)的種類及含量的一者或兩者,可容易地調節第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的儲存彈性模數。 例如,若增大第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)及第一硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物之前述填充材(D)及添加劑(I)的一者或兩者的含量,則容易將Gc1調節為較大的值,作為其結果係容易地將X值調節為較大的值。The storage elastic modulus of the first curable resin film (x1) is not limited to Gc1 and Gc300, and can be easily adjusted by adjusting one or both of the type and content of the components contained in the first curable resin film (x1). To this end, one or both of the type and content of the components contained in the composition used to form the first curable resin film (x1) can be adjusted. For example, when the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) described later is used, the storage elastic modulus of the first curable resin film (x1) can be easily adjusted by adjusting one or both of the types and contents of the main components such as the polymer component (A) and the filler (D) in the composition, and adjusting one or both of the types and contents of one or more additives (I) selected from rheology control agents, surfactants, and silicone oils. For example, if the content of one or both of the filler (D) and the additive (I) described above in the first curable resin film (x1) and the first curable resin film-forming composition is increased, Gc1 can be easily adjusted to a larger value, and as a result, the X value can be easily adjusted to a larger value.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)可為由1層(單層)所構成者,亦可為由2層以上之複數層所構成者。第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)由複數層所成的情況下,該等複數層相互可為相同亦可為不同,該等複數層之組合並未特別限定。The first curable resin film (x1) may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the first curable resin film (x1) is composed of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited.

本說明書中,不限第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)之情況,所謂「複數層相互可為相同亦可為不同」意指「可全部層為相同,可全部層為不同,可僅一部分的層為相同」,進一步所謂「複數層相互為不同」意指「各層之構成材料及厚度的至少一者相互為不同」。In this specification, regardless of the case of the first curable resin film (x1), the phrase “multiple layers may be the same or different from each other” means “all layers may be the same, all layers may be different, or only some layers may be the same”. Furthermore, the phrase “multiple layers may be different from each other” means “at least one of the constituent material and thickness of each layer may be different from each other”.

就提升對於半導體晶片製作用半導體晶圓的凸塊形成面之被覆性的觀點、使對半導體晶片製作用半導體晶圓之溝部的埋入性更良好的觀點而言,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的厚度較佳為10μm以上,更佳為20μm以上,再更佳為30μm以上,又再更佳為超過30μm。又,較佳為200μm以下,更佳為150μm以下,再更佳為130μm以下,又再更佳為100μm以下,進而更佳為80μm以下。 此處,「第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)的厚度」意指層(X1)全體的厚度,例如,由複數層所成之層(X1)的厚度意指構成層(X1)的全部層之合計厚度。 此處,「第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的厚度」意指第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)全體的厚度,例如,由複數層所成之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的厚度意指構成第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的全部層之合計厚度。From the perspective of improving the coverage of the bump-forming surface of the semiconductor wafer and improving the embedding property of the groove of the semiconductor wafer, the thickness of the first curable resin film (x1) is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 20 μm or more, more preferably 30 μm or more, and more preferably more than 30 μm. Furthermore, it is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 150 μm or less, more preferably 130 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less, and even more preferably 80 μm or less. Here, "the thickness of the first curable resin layer (X1)" means the thickness of the entire layer (X1), for example, the thickness of the layer (X1) composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the layer (X1). Here, "the thickness of the first curable resin film (x1)" means the thickness of the entire first curable resin film (x1), for example, the thickness of the first curable resin film (x1) composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the first curable resin film (x1).

<第一硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物> 第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係可使用含有其構成材料之第一硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物而形成。例如,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係可藉由將第一硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物塗佈於其形成對象面,視需要進行乾燥來形成。第一硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物中之在常溫下不氣化之成分彼此的含量比率通常係與第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)中之前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。本說明書中,所謂「常溫」意指沒有特別冷、沒有特別熱之溫度,亦即平常之溫度,例如,可舉出15~25℃之溫度等。<First curable resin film forming composition> The first curable resin film (x1) can be formed using the first curable resin film forming composition containing its constituent materials. For example, the first curable resin film (x1) can be formed by applying the first curable resin film forming composition to the surface of the object to be formed and drying it as needed. The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the first curable resin film forming composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the first curable resin film (x1). In this specification, the so-called "normal temperature" means a temperature that is not particularly cold or hot, that is, a normal temperature, for example, a temperature of 15 to 25°C.

第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)係可使用第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)而形成,第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)係可使用第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-2-1)而形成。另外,本說明書中,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)具有熱硬化性及能量線硬化性之兩者的特性的情況下,對於藉由其硬化而形成之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)而言,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的熱硬化的貢獻大於能量線硬化的貢獻的情況下,將第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)作為熱硬化性者來處理。相反的,對於其硬化,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)之能量線硬化的貢獻大於熱硬化的貢獻的情況下,將第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)作為能量線硬化性者來處理。The first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) can be formed using a first thermosetting resin film forming composition (x1-1-1), and the first energy ray-curing resin film (x1-2) can be formed using a first energy ray-curing resin film forming composition (x1-2-1). In addition, in the present specification, when the first curable resin film (x1) has both thermosetting and energy ray-curing properties, and when the contribution of the thermosetting of the first curable resin film (x1) to the first curable resin film (r1) formed by curing the first curable resin film (x1) is greater than the contribution of the energy ray curing, the first curable resin film (x1) is treated as a thermosetting film. On the contrary, when the contribution of energy ray curing to the curing of the first curable resin film (x1) is greater than the contribution of heat curing, the first curable resin film (x1) is treated as energy ray curable.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物的塗佈,可以公知方法來進行,例如可列舉使用旋轉塗佈機、噴霧塗佈機、氣刀塗佈機、刀片塗佈機、棒塗佈機、凹板塗佈機、輥塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾式塗佈機、模塗佈機、刀塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、繞線棒(Meyer bar)塗佈機、吻合塗佈機等各種塗佈機的方法。The first curable resin film-forming composition can be applied by a known method, for example, a method using various coating machines such as a rotary coater, a spray coater, an air knife coater, a blade coater, a rod coater, a gravure coater, a roll coater, a roll-knife coater, a curtain coater, a die coater, a knife coater, a wire mesh coater, a Meyer bar coater, and a kiss coater.

第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)不論是熱硬化性及能量線硬化性的任一者,硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物的乾燥條件並未特別限定。但是,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物含有後述溶媒的情況下,較佳為進行加熱乾燥。並且,含有溶媒的硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物,較佳為例如在70~130℃下10秒~5分鐘之條件進行加熱乾燥。但,第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)較佳為使該組成物本身與由該組成物所形成之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)以不熱硬化的方式進行加熱乾燥。Regardless of whether the first curable resin film (x1) is heat-curable or energy-ray-curable, the drying conditions of the curable resin film-forming composition are not particularly limited. However, when the first curable resin film-forming composition contains the solvent described later, it is preferably heat-dried. Moreover, the curable resin film-forming composition containing the solvent is preferably heat-dried under conditions of, for example, 70 to 130°C for 10 seconds to 5 minutes. However, the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) is preferably heat-dried in a non-thermally curing manner for the composition itself and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) formed by the composition.

以下,針對第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2),進一步進行詳細說明。The first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) are described in further detail below.

<第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)> 使第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)硬化而形成作為其硬化物之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)時,其硬化條件只要是硬化物能成為充分地發揮其功能之程度的硬化度,則並未特別限定,可因應第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的種類、前述硬化物的用途等而適宜選擇。 第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化時的加熱溫度較佳為100~200℃,更佳為110~170℃,特佳為120~150℃。並且,前述熱硬化時的加熱時間較佳為0.5~5小時,更佳為0.5~4小時,特佳為1~3小時。<First thermosetting resin film (x1-1)> When the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is cured to form the first cured resin film (r1) as the cured product, the curing conditions are not particularly limited as long as the degree of curing of the cured product is such that the cured product can fully exert its function, and can be appropriately selected according to the type of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the purpose of the cured product, etc. The heating temperature during the curing of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 110 to 170°C, and particularly preferably 120 to 150°C. Furthermore, the heating time during the thermal curing is preferably 0.5 to 5 hours, more preferably 0.5 to 4 hours, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 hours.

<第一硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)> 作為第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1),例如可舉出含有聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)、填充材(D)與添加劑(I)之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)(本說明書中,有時僅稱為「組成物(x1-1-1)」)等。<First curable resin film forming composition (x1-1-1)> As the first thermosetting resin film forming composition (x1-1-1), for example, there can be cited a first thermosetting resin film forming composition (x1-1-1) containing a polymer component (A), a thermosetting component (B), a filler (D) and an additive (I) (in this specification, sometimes simply referred to as "composition (x1-1-1)").

(聚合物成分(A)) 聚合物成分(A)係用於將造膜性或可撓性等賦予至第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的聚合物化合物。聚合物成分(A)具有熱塑性,不具有熱硬化性。另外,於本說明書,聚合物化合物中亦包含聚縮合反應之生成物。 組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所含有之聚合物成分(A)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。(Polymer component (A)) The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound used to impart film-forming properties or flexibility to the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1). The polymer component (A) has thermoplasticity but does not have thermosetting properties. In addition, in this specification, the polymer compound also includes products of polymerization reactions. The polymer component (A) contained in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the polymer components may be arbitrarily selected.

作為聚合物成分(A),例如可列舉聚乙烯醇縮醛、丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、苯氧基樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、飽和聚酯樹脂等。 該等之中,就將Gc300調節為適當的值而使更容易地將X值調節為適當的值的觀點而言,聚合物成分(A)較佳為聚乙烯醇縮醛。Examples of the polymer component (A) include polyvinyl acetal, acrylic resin, urethane resin, phenoxy resin, silicone resin, and saturated polyester resin. Among them, the polymer component (A) is preferably polyvinyl acetal from the viewpoint of adjusting Gc300 to an appropriate value and making it easier to adjust the X value to an appropriate value.

作為聚合物成分(A)中之前述聚乙烯醇縮醛,可列舉公知者。 其中,作為較佳之聚乙烯醇縮醛,例如可列舉聚乙烯醇縮甲醛、聚乙烯醇縮丁醛等,更佳為聚乙烯醇縮丁醛。 作為聚乙烯醇縮丁醛,可列舉具有下述式(i)-1、(i)-2及(i)-3所示之構成單元者。As the polyvinyl alcohol acetal mentioned above in the polymer component (A), known ones can be cited. Among them, as preferred polyvinyl alcohol acetal, for example, polyvinyl alcohol formal, polyvinyl alcohol butyral, etc. can be cited, and polyvinyl alcohol butyral is more preferred. As polyvinyl alcohol butyral, those having the constituent units shown by the following formulas (i)-1, (i)-2 and (i)-3 can be cited.

(式中,l、m及n分別獨立地為1以上之整數。) (In the formula, l, m, and n are independently integers greater than 1.)

聚乙烯醇縮醛的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~200,000,更佳為8,000~100,000。藉由聚乙烯醇縮醛的重量平均分子量為如此之範圍,將第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面時,可更提高:抑制在凸塊的上部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之殘留的效果、抑制第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之突出的效果、抑制在凸塊形成面上之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)及其硬化物之收縮(cissing)的效果、以及提升對溝部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的埋入性的效果。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of polyvinyl alcohol acetal is preferably 5,000 to 200,000, and more preferably 8,000 to 100,000. By having the weight average molecular weight of polyvinyl alcohol acetal in such a range, when the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is attached to the bump forming surface of a wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing, the following effects can be further improved: the effect of suppressing the residue of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the upper part of the bump, the effect of suppressing the protrusion of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the effect of suppressing the shrinkage (cissing) of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and its cured product on the bump forming surface, and the effect of improving the embedding property of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) in the groove.

聚乙烯醇縮醛的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為40 ~80℃,更佳為50~70℃。藉由聚乙烯醇縮醛的Tg為如此之範圍,將第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面時,可更提高:抑制在凸塊的上部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之殘留的效果、抑制第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之突出的效果、抑制在凸塊形成面上之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)及其硬化物之收縮(cissing)的效果、以及提升對溝部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的埋入性的效果。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of polyvinyl alcohol acetal is preferably 40-80°C, more preferably 50-70°C. By having the Tg of polyvinyl alcohol acetal in such a range, when the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is attached to the bump forming surface of the wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing, the following effects can be further improved: the effect of suppressing the residue of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the upper part of the bump, the effect of suppressing the protrusion of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the effect of suppressing the shrinkage (cissing) of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and its cured product on the bump forming surface, and the effect of improving the embedding property of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) in the groove.

構成聚乙烯醇縮醛之3種以上之單體的比率係可任意選擇。The ratio of three or more monomers constituting polyvinyl acetal can be arbitrarily selected.

作為聚合物成分(A)中之前述丙烯酸樹脂,可列舉公知之丙烯酸聚合物。 丙烯酸樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~ 1,000,000,更佳為8,000~800,000。藉由丙烯酸樹脂的重量平均分子量為如此之範圍,將第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面時,可更提高:抑制在凸塊的上部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之殘留的效果、抑制第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之突出的效果、抑制在凸塊形成面上之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)及其硬化物之收縮(cissing)的效果、以及提升對溝部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的埋入性的效果。As the acrylic resin mentioned above in the polymer component (A), known acrylic polymers can be cited. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably 8,000 to 800,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin to such a range, when the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is attached to the bump forming surface of a wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing, the following effects can be further improved: the effect of suppressing the residue of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the upper part of the bump, the effect of suppressing the protrusion of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the effect of suppressing the shrinkage (cissing) of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and its cured product on the bump forming surface, and the effect of enhancing the embedding property of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) in the groove.

丙烯酸樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-50~ 70℃,更佳為-30~60℃。藉由丙烯酸樹脂的Tg為如此之範圍,將第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面時,可更提高:抑制在凸塊的上部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之殘留的效果、抑制第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之突出的效果、抑制在凸塊形成面上之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)及其硬化物之收縮(cissing)的效果、以及提升對溝部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的埋入性的效果。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably -50 to 70°C, more preferably -30 to 60°C. By having the Tg of the acrylic resin in such a range, when the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is attached to the bump forming surface of the wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing, the following effects can be further improved: the effect of suppressing the residue of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the upper part of the bump, the effect of suppressing the protrusion of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the effect of suppressing the shrinkage (cissing) of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and its cured product on the bump forming surface, and the effect of improving the embedding property of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) in the groove.

丙烯酸樹脂具有2種以上之構成單元的情況下,該丙烯酸樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)可使用Fox式來算出。此時所用之衍生前述構成單元的單體的Tg可使用於高分子資料・手冊或黏著手冊所記載之值。When an acrylic resin has two or more constituent units, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin can be calculated using the Fox equation. The Tg of the monomer from which the above constituent units are derived can be the value listed in the polymer data manual or the adhesive manual.

構成丙烯酸樹脂之單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The monomers constituting the acrylic resin may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the monomers may be arbitrarily selected.

作為丙烯酸樹脂,例如可列舉1種或2種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯的聚合物; 選自(甲基)丙烯酸、伊康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等之2種以上之單體的共聚物; 1種或2種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,與選自(甲基)丙烯酸、伊康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等之1種或2種以上之單體的共聚物等。Examples of acrylic resins include polymers of one or more (meth)acrylates; copolymers of two or more monomers selected from (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene and N-hydroxymethylacrylamide; and copolymers of one or more (meth)acrylates and one or more monomers selected from (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene and N-hydroxymethylacrylamide.

本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」係設為包含「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」之兩者的概念。關於與(甲基)丙烯酸類似之用語亦相同,例如,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係包含「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」之兩者的概念,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係包含「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」之兩者的概念。In this specification, the term "(meth)acrylic acid" is a concept that includes both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid". The same applies to terms similar to (meth)acrylic acid, for example, "(meth)acrylate" is a concept that includes both "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth)acryl" is a concept that includes both "acryl" and "methacryl".

作為構成丙烯酸樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數1~18之鏈狀構造的(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯; (甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯基氧乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基氧烷基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸醯亞胺酯; (甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含有縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯; (甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯; (甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等含有取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」意指胺基之1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外之基取代而成之基。Examples of the (meth)acrylates constituting the acrylic resin include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, sec-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, and octyl (meth)acrylate. n-octyl acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate), tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, hexadecyl (meth)acrylate (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecanyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (octadecyl (meth)acrylate), =(meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters whose alkyl groups are chain-like structures with carbon numbers of 1 to 18, such as stearyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isoborneol (meth)acrylate and dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid arylalkyl esters such as benzyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid imidate; (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters; (Meth)acrylates containing glycidyl groups, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate; (Meth)acrylates containing hydroxyl groups, such as hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate; (Meth)acrylates containing substituted amino groups, such as N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate. Here, the so-called "substituted amino group" means a group in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group are replaced by a group other than hydrogen atoms.

丙烯酸樹脂可具有乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等之能與其他化合物鍵結之官能基。丙烯酸樹脂之前述官能基係可經由後述之交聯劑(F)與其他化合物鍵結,也可以不經由交聯劑(F)與其他化合物直接鍵結。藉由丙烯酸樹脂經由前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結,例如,使用第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所得之封裝(Package)的可靠性具有提升的傾向。The acrylic resin may have functional groups such as vinyl, (meth)acryl, amino, hydroxyl, carboxyl, isocyanate, etc. that can bond with other compounds. The aforementioned functional groups of the acrylic resin may bond with other compounds via the crosslinking agent (F) described below, or may bond directly with other compounds without the crosslinking agent (F). By bonding the acrylic resin with other compounds via the aforementioned functional groups, for example, the reliability of the package obtained using the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) tends to be improved.

組成物(x1-1-1)中,相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之聚合物成分(A)的含量的比例(亦即,第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中,聚合物成分(A)的含量相對於第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之總質量的比例)係不論聚合物成分(A)的種類,較佳為5~25質量%,更佳為5~15質量%。In the composition (x1-1-1), the ratio of the content of the polymer component (A) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, in the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the ratio of the content of the polymer component (A) to the total mass of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1)) is preferably 5~25 mass%, and more preferably 5~15 mass%, regardless of the type of the polymer component (A).

(熱硬化性成分(B)) 熱硬化性成分(B)為,具有熱硬化性且用於使第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)熱硬化形成硬質的硬化物的成分。 組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所含有之熱硬化性成分(B)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。(Thermosetting component (B)) Thermosetting component (B) is a component that has thermosetting properties and is used to thermoset the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) to form a hard cured product. Thermosetting component (B) contained in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the components may be arbitrarily selected.

作為熱硬化性成分(B),例如可列舉環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂等。 該等之中,熱硬化性成分(B)較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。Examples of the thermosetting component (B) include epoxy-based thermosetting resins, polyimide resins, and unsaturated polyester resins. Among these, the thermosetting component (B) is preferably an epoxy-based thermosetting resin.

・環氧系熱硬化性樹脂 環氧系熱硬化性樹脂係由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)所成。 組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。・Epoxy-based thermosetting resin Epoxy-based thermosetting resin is composed of epoxy resin (B1) and thermosetting agent (B2). The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of the epoxy-based thermosetting resins may be arbitrarily selected.

・環氧樹脂(B1) 作為環氧樹脂(B1)可列舉公知者,例如可列舉多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等、2官能以上之環氧化合物。・Epoxy resin (B1) The epoxy resin (B1) may be a known one, for example, a polyfunctional epoxy resin, a biphenyl compound, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydrogenated product, o-cresol novolac epoxy resin, a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, a biphenyl type epoxy resin, a bisphenol A type epoxy resin, a bisphenol F type epoxy resin, a phenylene skeleton type epoxy resin, and an epoxy compound having two or more functional groups.

環氧樹脂(B1)可為具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂。具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂係,與丙烯酸樹脂之相溶性高於不具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂,例如,使用第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所得之封裝(Package)的可靠性具有提升的傾向。The epoxy resin (B1) may be an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. The epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group has a higher compatibility with the acrylic resin than the epoxy resin not having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, the reliability of the package obtained by using the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) tends to be improved.

作為具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂,例如可列舉多官能系環氧樹脂之環氧基的一部分轉換為具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物。如此之化合物,例如,藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物對環氧基進行加成反應而得。 又,作為具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂,例如可列舉,具有不飽和烴基之基直接鍵結至構成環氧樹脂之芳香環等而成之化合物等。 不飽和烴基為具有聚合性之不飽和基,作為其具體例,可列舉乙烯(ethenyl)基(乙烯(vinyl)基)、2-丙烯基(烯丙基)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,較佳為丙烯醯基。Examples of epoxy resins having unsaturated hydrocarbon groups include compounds in which a part of the epoxy groups of a polyfunctional epoxy resin is converted into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such compounds are obtained, for example, by subjecting (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an addition reaction of an epoxy group. In addition, examples of epoxy resins having unsaturated hydrocarbon groups include compounds in which a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring constituting the epoxy resin. The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include an ethenyl group (vinyl group), a 2-propenyl group (allyl group), a (meth)acrylyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, and the like, preferably an acryl group.

環氧樹脂(B1)的數平均分子量並未特別限定,但就第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化性以及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化物的強度及耐熱性的觀點來看,較佳為300~30,000,更佳為400~10,000,特佳為500 ~3,000。 環氧樹脂(B1)的環氧當量,較佳為100~1,000g/eq,更佳為200~800g/eq。The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the curability of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and the strength and heat resistance of the cured product of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), it is preferably 300 to 30,000, more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3,000. The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably 100 to 1,000 g/eq, and more preferably 200 to 800 g/eq.

環氧樹脂(B1)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,併用2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

・熱硬化劑(B2) 熱硬化劑(B2)係作為作用於環氧樹脂(B1)的硬化劑而發揮功能。 作為熱硬化劑(B2),例如可列舉在1分子中具有2個以上可與環氧基反應之官能基的化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉苯酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化之基等,較佳為苯酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酐化之基,更佳為苯酚性羥基或胺基。・Thermosetting agent (B2) Thermosetting agent (B2) functions as a curing agent for epoxy resin (B1). As thermosetting agent (B2), for example, there can be listed compounds having two or more functional groups that can react with epoxy groups in one molecule. As the aforementioned functional group, for example, there can be listed phenolic hydroxyl groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, carboxyl groups, and acid groups anhydrided, etc., preferably phenolic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, or acid groups anhydrided, and more preferably phenolic hydroxyl groups or amino groups.

熱硬化劑(B2)之中,作為具有苯酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可列舉多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等。 熱硬化劑(B2)之中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可列舉二氰二胺(以下,亦簡稱為「DICY」)等。Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of phenolic curing agents having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenol, novolac-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resins, and aralkylphenolic resins. Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of amine-based curing agents having an amine group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter, also referred to as "DICY") and the like.

熱硬化劑(B2)可具有不飽和烴基。 作為具有不飽和烴基之熱硬化劑(B2),例如可列舉酚樹脂之羥基的一部分被具有不飽和烴基之基所取代而成之化合物、具有不飽和烴基之基直接鍵結於酚樹脂之芳香環而成之化合物等。 熱硬化劑(B2)中之前述不飽和烴基係與上述具有不飽和烴基的環氧樹脂中之不飽和烴基相同。Thermosetting agent (B2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Examples of thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds in which a portion of the hydroxyl groups of a phenolic resin is replaced by a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, compounds in which a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring of a phenolic resin, and the like. The unsaturated hydrocarbon group in thermosetting agent (B2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above-mentioned epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

熱硬化劑(B2)之中,例如多官能酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚樹脂、芳烷基型酚樹脂等樹脂成分的數平均分子量,較佳為300~30,000,更佳為400~10,000,特佳為500~3,000。 熱硬化劑(B2)之中,例如聯苯酚、二氰二胺等之非樹脂成分的分子量並未特別限定,但較佳為例如60~500。The number average molecular weight of the resin component in the thermosetting agent (B2), such as a multifunctional phenol resin, a novolac type phenol resin, a dicyclopentadiene type phenol resin, an aralkyl type phenol resin, is preferably 300 to 30,000, more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3,000. The molecular weight of the non-resin component in the thermosetting agent (B2), such as diphenol, dicyandiamide, etc., is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 60 to 500.

熱硬化劑(B2)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,併用2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The thermosetting agent (B2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中,相對於環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份,熱硬化劑(B2)的含量較佳為0.1~500質量份,更佳為1~200質量份,例如可為5~150質量份、10~100質量份及15~75質量份的任一者。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化更容易進行。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的吸濕率減低,例如,使用第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所得之封裝(Package)的可靠性更提升。In the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably 0.1 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 200 parts by mass, for example, any one of 5 to 150 parts by mass, 10 to 100 parts by mass, and 15 to 75 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the epoxy resin (B1). When the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is greater than the lower limit, the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is more easily cured. By making the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) below the upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is reduced, for example, the reliability of the package obtained using the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is further improved.

組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中,相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,熱硬化性成分(B)的含量(例如,環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量)較佳為600~1000質量份。藉由熱硬化性成分(B)的前述含量為如此之範圍,將第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面時,可更提高:抑制在凸塊的上部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之殘留的效果、抑制第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之突出的效果、抑制在凸塊形成面上之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)及其硬化物之收縮(cissing)的效果、以及提升對溝部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的埋入性的效果;並且可形成硬質的硬化物。 又,就更顯著地得到如此效果的點而言,熱硬化性成分(B)的含量,可因應聚合物成分(A)的種類而適宜調節。In the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the content of the thermosetting component (B) (for example, the total content of the epoxy resin (B1) and the thermosetting agent (B2)) is preferably 600~1000 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component (A). By setting the aforementioned content of the thermosetting component (B) to such a range, when the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is attached to the bump forming surface of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, the following effects can be further improved: the effect of suppressing the residue of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the upper part of the bump, the effect of suppressing the protrusion of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the effect of suppressing the shrinkage (cissing) of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and its cured product on the bump forming surface, and the effect of improving the embedding property of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) in the groove; and a hard cured product can be formed. In addition, in order to obtain such effects more significantly, the content of the thermosetting component (B) can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of the polymer component (A).

例如,聚合物成分(A)為前述聚乙烯醇縮醛的情況下,組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中,相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,熱硬化性成分(B)的含量較佳為600~1,000質量份,更佳為650~1,000質量份,特佳為650~950質量份。For example, when the polymer component (A) is the aforementioned polyvinyl alcohol acetal, in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the content of the thermosetting component (B) is preferably 600~1,000 parts by mass, more preferably 650~1,000 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 650~950 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component (A).

(填充材(D)) 藉由調節組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中之填充材(D)的量,可以更容易地調節前述X值。又,藉由調節組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中之填充材(D)的量,可以更容易地調節第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化物的熱膨脹係數,例如,藉由將第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化物的熱膨脹係數對於該硬化物之形成對象物進行最佳化,使用第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所得之封裝(Package)的可靠性更提升。又,藉由使用含有填充材(D)之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1),亦可減低第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化物的吸濕率、使散熱性提升。(Filling material (D)) By adjusting the amount of the filling material (D) in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the aforementioned X value can be more easily adjusted. In addition, by adjusting the amount of the filling material (D) in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the thermal expansion coefficient of the cured product of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) can be more easily adjusted. For example, by optimizing the thermal expansion coefficient of the cured product of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) for the object of formation of the cured product, the reliability of the package (Package) obtained using the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is further improved. Furthermore, by using the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) containing the filler (D), the moisture absorption rate of the cured product of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) can be reduced, thereby improving the heat dissipation property.

填充材(D)亦可為有機填充材及無機填充材的任一者,但較佳為無機填充材。 作為較佳之無機填充材,例如可列舉二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等粉末;將該等無機填充材球形化而成之珠;該等無機填充材的表面改質品;該等無機填充材的單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 該等之中,無機填充材較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁。The filler (D) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but preferably an inorganic filler. As preferred inorganic fillers, for example, powders such as silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, red iron, silicon carbide, and boron nitride; beads obtained by sphericalizing these inorganic fillers; surface-modified products of these inorganic fillers; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers, etc. Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.

組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所含有之填充材(D)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The filler (D) contained in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the fillers may be selected arbitrarily.

組成物(x1-1-1)中,相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之填充材(D)的含量的比例(亦即,第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中,填充材(D)的含量相對於第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之總質量的比例)較佳為5~45質量%,更佳為5~40質量%,再更佳為5~30質量%。藉由前述比例為如此之範圍,將第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面時,可更提高:抑制在凸塊的上部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之殘留的效果、抑制第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之突出的效果、抑制在凸塊形成面上之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)及其硬化物之收縮(cissing)的效果、以及提升對溝部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的埋入性的效果;並且可以更容易地調節上述熱膨脹係數。In the composition (x1-1-1), the ratio of the content of the filler (D) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, in the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the ratio of the content of the filler (D) to the total mass of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1)) is preferably 5~45 mass%, more preferably 5~40 mass%, and even more preferably 5~30 mass%. By setting the above-mentioned ratio to such a range, when the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is attached to the bump forming surface of a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, the following effects can be further improved: the effect of suppressing the residue of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the upper part of the bump, the effect of suppressing the protrusion of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the effect of suppressing the shrinkage (cissing) of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and its cured product on the bump forming surface, and the effect of improving the embedding property of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) in the groove; and the above-mentioned thermal expansion coefficient can be more easily adjusted.

(添加劑(I)) 藉由調節組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中之添加劑(I)的種類或量,將Gc1適當地調節,可以更容易地調節前述X值。 其中,就可以更容易地調節前述X值之點,作為較佳之添加劑(I),例如可列舉流變控制劑、界面活性劑、矽油等。(Additive (I)) By adjusting the type or amount of the additive (I) in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), Gc1 can be appropriately adjusted, and the aforementioned X value can be more easily adjusted. Among them, the point at which the aforementioned X value can be more easily adjusted, as a preferred additive (I), for example, rheology control agents, surfactants, silicone oils, etc. can be listed.

更具體來說,作為前述流變控制劑,例如可列舉聚羥基羧酸酯、多價羧酸、聚醯胺樹脂等。 作為前述界面活性劑,例如可列舉改質矽氧烷、丙烯酸聚合物等。 作為前述矽油,例如可列舉芳烷基改質矽油、改質聚二甲基矽氧烷等,作為改質基,可列舉芳烷基;羥基等之極性基;乙烯基、苯基等具有不飽和鍵之基。More specifically, the aforementioned rheology control agent may include, for example, polyhydroxycarboxylic acid esters, polyvalent carboxylic acids, polyamide resins, etc. As the aforementioned surfactant, for example, modified silicone, acrylic polymers, etc. may be listed. As the aforementioned silicone oil, for example, aralkyl modified silicone oil, modified polydimethylsiloxane, etc. may be listed, and as the modifying group, aralkyl; polar groups such as hydroxyl; groups having unsaturated bonds such as vinyl and phenyl may be listed.

作為添加劑(I),除上述以外,亦可列舉例如塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸除(gettering)劑、紫外線吸收劑、增黏劑等之其他各種通用添加劑。In addition to the above, the additives (I) may include various other general additives such as plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, gettering agents, ultraviolet absorbers, and thickeners.

組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所含有之添加劑(I)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The additive (I) contained in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the additives may be selected arbitrarily.

組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之添加劑(I)的含量並未特別限定,可因應其種類或目的而適宜調節。 例如,在以調節前述X值為目的之情況下,組成物(x1-1-1)中,相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之添加劑(I)的含量的比例(亦即,第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中,添加劑(I)的含量相對於第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之總質量的比例)較佳為0.5~10質量%,更佳為0.5~7質量%,再更佳為0.5~5質量%。The content of the additive (I) in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is not particularly limited and can be appropriately adjusted according to the type or purpose. For example, in the case of adjusting the aforementioned X value, the ratio of the content of the additive (I) to the total content of all components other than the solvent in the composition (x1-1-1) (that is, the ratio of the content of the additive (I) to the total mass of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1)) is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 7% by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass.

(硬化促進劑(C)) 組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)可含有硬化促進劑(C)。硬化促進劑(C)為用於調整組成物(x1-1-1)的硬化速度之成分。 作為較佳的硬化促進劑(C),例如可列舉三伸乙二胺、苄基二甲基胺、三乙醇胺、二甲基胺基乙醇、參(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚等之第3級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑等之咪唑類(1個以上之氫原子被氫原子以外之基取代之咪唑);三丁基膦、二苯基膦、三苯基膦等之有機膦類(1個以上之氫原子被有機基取代之膦);四苯基鏻四苯基硼酸鹽、三苯基膦四苯基硼酸鹽等之四苯基硼鹽等。(Hardening accelerator (C)) The composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may contain a hardening accelerator (C). The hardening accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the hardening speed of the composition (x1-1-1). Preferred hardening accelerators (C) include, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol; imidazoles (imidazoles in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms) such as 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, and 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole; organic phosphines (phosphines in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by organic groups) such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, and triphenylphosphine; and tetraphenylborates such as tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate and triphenylphosphine tetraphenylborate.

組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所含有之硬化促進劑(C)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The curing accelerator (C) contained in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the accelerators may be arbitrarily selected.

使用硬化促進劑(C)的情況下,組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中,相對於熱硬化性成分(B)的含量100質量份,硬化促進劑(C)的含量較佳為0.01~10質量份,更佳為0.1~5質量份。藉由硬化促進劑(C)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地得到使用硬化促進劑(C)之效果。藉由硬化促進劑(C)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,例如,抑制高極性的硬化促進劑(C)在高溫・高濕度條件下於第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中移動至與被著體之接著界面側而偏析的效果變高,例如,使用第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所得之封裝(Package)的可靠性更提升。When the curing accelerator (C) is used, the content of the curing accelerator (C) is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the thermosetting component (B) in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1). When the content of the curing accelerator (C) is equal to or greater than the lower limit, the effect of using the curing accelerator (C) can be more significantly obtained. By setting the content of the curing accelerator (C) to be below the upper limit, for example, the effect of suppressing the highly polar curing accelerator (C) from migrating to the interface side with the adherend under high temperature and high humidity conditions in the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and segregating is enhanced, and for example, the reliability of the package obtained using the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is further improved.

(偶合劑(E)) 組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)可含有偶合劑(E)。藉由使用具有可與無機化合物或有機化合物反應之官能基者作為偶合劑(E),可提升第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)對於被著體之接著性及密著性。又,藉由使用偶合劑(E),第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化物不會損及耐熱性,並且耐水性提升。(Coupling agent (E)) The composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may contain a coupling agent (E). By using a coupling agent (E) having a functional group that can react with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and tightness of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) to the object to be adhered can be improved. In addition, by using a coupling agent (E), the cured product of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) will not lose heat resistance and water resistance will be improved.

偶合劑(E)較佳為具有可與聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)等所具有之官能基反應的官能基的化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 作為較佳之前述矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉3-縮水甘油基氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油基氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油基氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油基氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group that can react with the functional group of the polymer component (A), the thermosetting component (B), etc., and is more preferably a silane coupling agent. As preferred silane coupling agents mentioned above, for example, 3-glyceryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glyceryloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-glyceryloxypropyl triethoxysilane, 3-glyceryloxymethyl diethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino) ... Oxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-butylpropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-butylpropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetoxysilane, imidazole silane, etc.

組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所含有之偶合劑(E)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The coupling agent (E) contained in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the coupling agents may be arbitrarily selected.

使用偶合劑(E)的情況下,組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中,相對於聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)的總含量100質量份,偶合劑(E)的含量較佳為0.03~20質量份,更佳為0.05~10質量份,特佳為0.1~5質量份。藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地得到填充材(D)對於樹脂之分散性的提升,或第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之與貼附對象物之接著性的提升等之使用偶合劑(E)的效果。藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可更抑制排氣的產生。When a coupling agent (E) is used, the content of the coupling agent (E) in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B). When the content of the coupling agent (E) is greater than the lower limit, the effect of using the coupling agent (E), such as improvement in the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin or improvement in the adhesion between the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) and the object to be attached, can be more significantly obtained. When the content of the coupling agent (E) is less than the upper limit, the generation of outgassing can be further suppressed.

(交聯劑(F)) 作為聚合物成分(A),使用具有能與其他化合物鍵結之乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等官能基者的情況下,組成物(X1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)可含有交聯劑(F)。交聯劑(F)為用於使聚合物成分(A)中之前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結進行交聯之成分,藉由如此般進行交聯,可調節第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的初期接著力及凝集力。(Crosslinking agent (F)) When a polymer component (A) having a functional group such as a vinyl group, a (meth)acryl group, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an isocyanate group, etc. that can bond with other compounds is used, the composition (X1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may contain a crosslinking agent (F). The crosslinking agent (F) is a component used to crosslink the aforementioned functional groups in the polymer component (A) with other compounds. By crosslinking in this way, the initial adhesion and cohesion of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) can be adjusted.

作為交聯劑(F),例如可列舉有機多價異氰酸酯化合物、有機多價亞胺化合物、金屬螫合系交聯劑(具有金屬螫合構造之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。Examples of the crosslinking agent (F) include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelating crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelating structure), and aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridine group).

作為前述有機多價異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉芳香族多價異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多價異氰酸酯化合物及脂環族多價異氰酸酯化合物(以下,亦將此等化合物彙總簡稱為「芳香族多價異氰酸酯化合物等」);前述芳香族多價異氰酸酯化合物等之三聚物、異三聚氰酸酯體及加成體;使前述芳香族多價異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物反應而得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述「加成體」意指,前述芳香族多價異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多價異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多價異氰酸酯化合物,與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等之含有低分子活性氫的化合物的反應物。作為前述加成體之例,可列舉如後述之三羥甲基丙烷之苯二亞甲基二異氰酸酯加成物等。又,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物」意指,具有胺基甲酸酯鍵且於分子之末端部具有異氰酸酯基的預聚物。Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds include aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, and alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compounds (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as "aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc."); trimers, isocyanurates, and adducts of the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc.; terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymers obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc. with polyol compounds, etc. The "adducts" are reaction products of the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, or alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compounds with a compound containing low molecular weight active hydrogen, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trihydroxymethylpropane, or castor oil. Examples of the adducts include the xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trihydroxymethylpropane described below. The term "terminated isocyanate urethane prepolymer" refers to a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the terminal of the molecule.

作為前述有機多價異氰酸酯化合物,更具體來說,例如可列舉2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二亞甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4’-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4’-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4’-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4’-二異氰酸酯;對於三羥甲基丙烷等之多元醇的全部或一部分的羥基,加成甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯及苯二亞甲基二異氰酸酯的任1種或2種以上而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。More specifically, the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound includes, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; Diisocyanates; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; a compound obtained by adding any one or two or more of toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate to all or part of the hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as trihydroxymethylpropane; lysine diisocyanate, etc.

作為前述有機多價亞胺化合物,例如可列舉N,N’-二苯基甲烷-4,4’-雙(1-氮丙啶羧基醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、N,N’-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶羧基醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。Examples of the organic polyvalent imine compound include N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxyamide), trihydroxymethylpropane-tri-β-aziridine propionate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane-tri-β-aziridine propionate, and N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinecarboxyamide)triethylmelamine.

使用有機多價異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(F)時,作為聚合物成分(A),較佳使用含有羥基之聚合物。交聯劑(F)具有異氰酸酯基,且聚合物成分(A)具有羥基的情況,藉由交聯劑(F)與聚合物成分(A)的反應,可於第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)中簡便地導入交聯構造。When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (F), a polymer containing a hydroxyl group is preferably used as the polymer component (A). When the crosslinking agent (F) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (A) has a hydroxyl group, a crosslinking structure can be easily introduced into the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) through the reaction between the crosslinking agent (F) and the polymer component (A).

組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所含有之交聯劑(F)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The crosslinking agent (F) contained in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the crosslinking agents can be selected arbitrarily.

使用交聯劑(F)的情況下,組成物(x1-1-1)中,相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,交聯劑(F)的含量較佳為0.01~20質量份,更佳為0.1~10質量份,特佳為0.5~5質量份。藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地得到使用交聯劑(F)的效果。藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制交聯劑(F)的過量使用。When a crosslinking agent (F) is used, the content of the crosslinking agent (F) in the composition (x1-1-1) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the polymer component (A). When the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is greater than the lower limit, the effect of using the crosslinking agent (F) can be more significantly obtained. When the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is less than the upper limit, excessive use of the crosslinking agent (F) can be suppressed.

(能量線硬化性樹脂(G)) 組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)可含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)。 第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)藉由含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G),可透過能量線之照射使特性變化。(Energy ray curable resin (G)) The composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may contain an energy ray curable resin (G). The first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may change its properties by irradiation with energy rays by containing the energy ray curable resin (G).

能量線硬化性樹脂(G)為,將能量線硬化性化合物聚合(硬化)所得者。作為能量線硬化性化合物,例如可列舉在分子內具有至少1個聚合性雙鍵的化合物,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。The energy ray curable resin (G) is obtained by polymerizing (curing) an energy ray curable compound. Examples of the energy ray curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, preferably acrylate compounds having a (meth)acryloyl group.

作為丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇單羥基五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之含鏈狀脂肪族骨架的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二環戊基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之含環狀脂肪族骨架的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之聚烷二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯;寡酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚物;環氧改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯;前述聚烷二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;伊康酸寡聚物等。Examples of the acrylate compounds include trihydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetrahydroxymethylmethane tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxy penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, and the like. (meth)acrylates containing a cyclic aliphatic skeleton such as dicyclopentyl di(meth)acrylate; polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates such as polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate; oligoester (meth)acrylates; urethane (meth)acrylate oligomers; epoxy-modified (meth)acrylates; polyether (meth)acrylates other than the aforementioned polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates; itaconic acid oligomers, etc.

能量線硬化性化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為100~30,000,更佳為300~10,000。The weight average molecular weight of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.

聚合所使用之能量線硬化性化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。聚合所使用之能量線硬化性化合物為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The energy ray-curable compound used for polymerization may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more energy ray-curable compounds are used for polymerization, the combination and ratio thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

使用能量線硬化性樹脂(G)時,基於組成物(x1-1-1)之有效成分的總量基準,能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量較佳為1~95質量%,更佳為5~90質量%,再更佳為10~85質量%。When the energy ray curable resin (G) is used, the content of the energy ray curable resin (G) is preferably 1 to 95 mass %, more preferably 5 to 90 mass %, and even more preferably 10 to 85 mass %, based on the total amount of the active ingredients in the composition (x1-1-1).

(光聚合起始劑(H)) 組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的情況下,為了使能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之聚合反應有效率地進行,組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)可含有光聚合起始劑(H)。(Photopolymerization initiator (H)) When the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) contain the energy ray curing resin (G), the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may contain a photopolymerization initiator (H) in order to efficiently carry out the polymerization reaction of the energy ray curing resin (G).

作為光聚合起始劑(H),例如可列舉二苯甲酮、苯乙酮、苯偶姻、苯偶姻甲醚、苯偶姻乙醚、苯偶姻異丙醚、苯偶姻異丁醚、苯偶姻安息香酸、苯偶姻安息香酸甲酯、苯偶姻二甲基縮酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、苄基二苯基硫醚、四甲基秋蘭姆單硫醚、偶氮雙異丁腈、二苯基乙二酮、聯苄、聯乙醯、1,2-二苯基甲烷、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦及2-氯蒽醌等。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) include benzophenone, acetophenone, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin benzoic acid methyl ester, benzoin dimethyl ketal, 2,4-diethylthioxanone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, benzyl diphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, azobisisobutyronitrile, diphenylethanedione, bibenzyl, diacetyl, 1,2-diphenylmethane, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]propanone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide, and 2-chloroanthraquinone.

光聚合起始劑(H)可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。光聚合起始劑(H)為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The photopolymerization initiator (H) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more photopolymerization initiators (H) are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(x1-1-1)中,相對於能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量100質量份,光聚合起始劑(H)的含量較佳為0.1~20質量份,更佳為1~10質量份,再更佳為2~5質量份。In the composition (x1-1-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable resin (G).

(其他成分) 在不損及本發明之效果的範圍內,組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)可含有非相當於上述聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)、硬化促進劑(C)、填充材(D)、偶合劑(E)、交聯劑(F)、能量線硬化性樹脂(G)、光聚合起始劑(H)及添加劑(I)之任一者的其他成分。(Other components) Within the scope of not impairing the effect of the present invention, the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may contain other components that are not equivalent to any of the above-mentioned polymer component (A), thermosetting component (B), curing accelerator (C), filler (D), coupling agent (E), crosslinking agent (F), energy ray curing resin (G), photopolymerization initiator (H) and additive (I).

組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所含有之前述其他成分可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之前述其他成分的含量並未特別限定,只要因應目的適宜選擇即可。The composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) may contain only one or more of the aforementioned other components. In the case of two or more, the combination and ratio of the aforementioned other components may be arbitrarily selected. The content of the aforementioned other components in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

(溶媒) 組成物(x1-1-1)較佳為進一步含有溶媒。含有溶媒之組成物(x1-1-1)係處理性變良好。 前述溶媒並未特別限定,但作為較佳者,例如可列舉甲苯、二甲苯等之烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等之醇;乙酸乙酯等之酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等之酮;四氫呋喃等之醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等之醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 組成物(x1-1-1)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。(Solvent) The composition (x1-1-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The composition (x1-1-1) containing a solvent has good handling properties. The aforementioned solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropane-1-ol), and 1-butanol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides (compounds having amide bonds) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone, etc. The solvent contained in the composition (x1-1-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the solvents may be arbitrarily selected.

於組成物(x1-1-1)所含有之溶媒,作為更佳者,例如就可更均勻地混合組成物(x1-1-1)中之含有成分的點而言,可列舉甲基乙基酮等。As for the solvent contained in the composition (x1-1-1), for example, methyl ethyl ketone can be cited as a more preferable one in terms of being able to more uniformly mix the components contained in the composition (x1-1-1).

組成物(x1-1-1)之溶媒的含量並未特別限定,例如,只要因應溶媒以外之成分的種類適宜選擇即可。The content of the solvent in the composition (x1-1-1) is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the types of components other than the solvent, for example.

<第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)之製造方法> 第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)係藉由將用於構成其之各成分進行摻合而得。 各成分之摻合時的添加順序並未特別限定,可同時添加2種以上的成分。 於摻合時混合各成分的方法並未特別限定,自以下公知方法適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉進行混合之方法;使用攪拌機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 各成分的添加及混合時之溫度以及時間,只要不使各摻合成分劣化則並未特別限定,可適宜調節,但溫度較佳為15~30℃。<Method for producing the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1)> The first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) is obtained by blending the components used to constitute it. The order of addition of the components when blending is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time. The method of mixing the components when blending is not particularly limited, and it can be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade, a method of mixing using a stirrer, a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves, etc. The temperature and time when adding and mixing the components are not particularly limited as long as the components are not degraded, and can be appropriately adjusted, but the temperature is preferably 15~30℃.

<第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)> 使第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)硬化而形成作為其硬化物之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)時,其硬化條件只要是硬化物能成為充分地發揮其功能之程度的硬化度,則並未特別限定,可因應第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的種類、前述硬化物的用途等而適宜選擇。 例如,第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的硬化時的能量線照度較佳為180~280mW/cm2 。並且,前述硬化時之能量線的光量較佳為450~1000mJ/cm2<First energy ray curable resin film (x1-2)> When the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) is cured to form the first curable resin film (r1) as the cured product, the curing conditions are not particularly limited as long as the degree of curing of the cured product is such that the cured product can fully exert its function, and can be appropriately selected according to the type of the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2), the use of the cured product, etc. For example, the energy ray irradiance during the curing of the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) is preferably 180~280mW/ cm2 . In addition, the light amount of the energy ray during the curing is preferably 450~1000mJ/ cm2 .

<第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-2-1)> 作為第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-2-1),例如可列舉含有能量線硬化性成分(a)、填充材與添加劑之第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-2-1)(本說明書中,有時僅稱為「組成物(x1-2-1)」)等。<First energy ray-curable resin film-forming composition (x1-2-1)> As the first energy ray-curable resin film-forming composition (x1-2-1), for example, there can be listed a first energy ray-curable resin film-forming composition (x1-2-1) containing an energy ray-curable component (a), a filler and an additive (in this specification, sometimes simply referred to as "composition (x1-2-1)").

(能量線硬化性成分(a)) 能量線硬化性成分(a)為可藉由能量線之照射而硬化的成分,亦為用於將造膜性或可撓性等賦予至第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的成分。 能量線硬化性成分(a)較佳為未硬化,較佳為具有黏著性,更佳為未硬化且具有黏著性。(Energy ray curable component (a)) The energy ray curable component (a) is a component that can be cured by irradiation with energy rays, and is also a component used to impart film-forming properties or flexibility to the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2). The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably has adhesiveness, and more preferably is uncured and has adhesiveness.

作為能量線硬化性成分(a),例如可列舉具有能量線硬化性基之重量平均分子量為80,000~2,000,000的聚合物(a1)、及具有能量線硬化性基之分子量為100~80,000的化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)可為其至少一部分經由交聯劑進行交聯者,亦可為未交聯者。Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, and a compound (a2) having an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000. The polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked with a crosslinking agent or may be uncrosslinked.

・具有能量線硬化性基之重量平均分子量為80,000~2,000,000的聚合物(a1) 作為具有能量線硬化性基之重量平均分子量為80,000 ~2,000,000的聚合物(a1),例如可列舉:具有可與其他化合物所具有之基反應的官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11);與具有與前述官能基反應之基及能量線硬化性雙鍵等之能量線硬化性基的能量線硬化性化合物(a12)進行聚合而成之丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)。・Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group with a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 As examples of the polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group with a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, there can be cited: an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group that can react with a group possessed by another compound; and an acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by polymerizing an energy ray curable compound (a12) having an energy ray curable group having a group that reacts with the aforementioned functional group and an energy ray curable double bond.

作為可與其他化合物所具有之基反應的前述官能基,例如可列舉羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(胺基之1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外之基取代而成之基)、環氧基等。但是,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片等之電路的腐蝕的點而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外之基。 該等之中,前述官能基較佳為羥基。Examples of the functional group that can react with a group possessed by other compounds include hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, substituted amino (a group in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino are replaced by a group other than hydrogen atoms), and epoxy. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of circuits such as semiconductor wafers or semiconductor chips, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group. Among these, the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.

・具有官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11) 作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11),例如可列舉:具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體與不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體進行共聚合而成者,亦可為除該等單體以外,進而使丙烯酸單體以外之單體(非丙烯酸單體)進行共聚合而成者。 又,前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)可為無規共聚物,亦可為嵌段共聚物。・Acrylic polymer (a11) having functional groups As the acrylic polymer (a11) having functional groups, for example, there can be listed: a copolymerization of an acrylic monomer having the functional groups and an acrylic monomer not having the functional groups, or a copolymerization of a monomer other than the acrylic monomer (non-acrylic monomer) in addition to the above monomers. In addition, the acrylic polymer (a11) can be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.

作為具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉含有羥基之單體、含有羧基之單體、含有胺基之單體、含有取代胺基之單體、含有環氧基之單體等。Examples of the acrylic monomer having the functional group include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxyl group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a substituted amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.

作為前述含有羥基之單體,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等之非(甲基)丙烯酸不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。Examples of the monomer containing a hydroxyl group include hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate; and non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols having no (meth)acryloyl skeleton) such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol.

作為前述含有羧基之單體,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸等之乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);富馬酸、伊康酸、馬來酸、檸康酸等之乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸之酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等之(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷酯等。Examples of the aforementioned carboxyl group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid; ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citric acid; anhydrides of the aforementioned ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; (meth)acrylic acid carboxylalkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, and the like.

具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體較佳為含有羥基之單體、含有羧基之單體,更佳為含有羥基之單體。The acrylic monomer having the above-mentioned functional group is preferably a monomer containing a hydroxyl group or a monomer containing a carboxyl group, and more preferably a monomer containing a hydroxyl group.

構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The acrylic monomer having the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

作為不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數1~18之鏈狀構造的(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯等。Examples of acrylic monomers not having the aforementioned functional groups include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, sec-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, sec-butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, butyl ... Alkyl esters such as isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate), tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, hexadecyl (meth)acrylate (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecanyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate) and the like are (meth)acrylate alkyl esters in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester is a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

作為不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體,例如亦可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等之含有烷氧基烷基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;包含(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯等之具有芳香族基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性之(甲基)丙烯醯胺及其衍生物;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基丙酯等之非交聯性之具有3級胺基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Examples of acrylic monomers not having the aforementioned functional groups include (meth)acrylates containing alkoxyalkyl groups such as methoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylates containing aromatic groups such as (meth)acrylate aryl esters such as phenyl (meth)acrylate; non-crosslinking (meth)acrylamide and its derivatives; and non-crosslinking (meth)acrylates containing tertiary amine groups such as N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate.

構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The acrylic monomer not having the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

作為前述非丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉乙烯、降莰烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 構成前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的前述非丙烯酸單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。Examples of the non-acrylic monomers include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene, etc. The non-acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types, the combination and ratio of the non-acrylic monomers may be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)中,相對於構成其之構成單位的總量,由具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體所衍生之構成單位的量的比例(含量)較佳為0.1~50質量%,更佳為1~40質量%,特佳為3~30質量%。藉由前述比例為如此之範圍,在由前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)與前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)的共聚合所得之前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)中,能量線硬化性基的含量可容易地將第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的硬化物的硬化程度調節至較佳範圍。In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of the constituent units derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group relative to the total amount of the constituent units constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass. By making the ratio within such a range, in the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerizing the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12), the content of the energy ray-curable group can easily adjust the degree of hardening of the hardened product of the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) to a preferred range.

構成前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)的前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio of the acrylic polymers may be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(x1-2-1)中,相對於溶媒以外之成分的總含量之丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)的含量的比例(亦即,第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)中,丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)的含量相對於前述薄膜之總質量的比例)較佳為1~40質量%,更佳為2~30質量%,特佳為3~20質量%。In the composition (x1-2-1), the ratio of the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) to the total content of the components other than the solvent (that is, in the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2), the ratio of the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) to the total mass of the aforementioned film) is preferably 1~40 mass %, more preferably 2~30 mass %, and particularly preferably 3~20 mass %.

・能量線硬化性化合物(a12) 前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基及羧基所成群組中之1種或2種以上作為可與前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)所具有之官能基反應之基,更佳為具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基。前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12),例如,具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基的情況下,該異氰酸酯基容易地與具有羥基作為前述官能基之丙烯酸聚合物(a11)的該羥基進行反應。・Energy ray curing compound (a12) The energy ray curing compound (a12) preferably has one or more selected from the group consisting of isocyanate group, epoxy group and carboxyl group as a group that can react with the functional group possessed by the acrylic polymer (a11), and more preferably has an isocyanate group as the aforementioned group. For example, when the energy ray curing compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the aforementioned group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the aforementioned functional group.

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為在1分子中具有1~5個前述能量線硬化性基,更佳為具有1~2個。The energy ray-curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 energy ray-curable groups in one molecule, more preferably 1 to 2 energy ray-curable groups.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12),例如可列舉2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯、間-異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基苄基異氰酸酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、烯丙基異氰酸酯、1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙基異氰酸酯; 由二異氰酸酯化合物或聚異氰酸酯化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應所得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物; 由二異氰酸酯化合物或聚異氰酸酯化合物、多元醇化合物及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應所得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 該等之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基異氰酸酯。Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, m-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1-(diacryloyloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate; Acryloyl monoisocyanate compounds obtained by the reaction of a diisocyanate compound or a polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate; Acryloyl monoisocyanate compounds obtained by the reaction of a diisocyanate compound or a polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among them, the energy ray-curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)的前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the combination and ratio thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸樹脂(a1-1)中,相對於源自前述丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之前述官能基的含量,源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之能量線硬化性基的含量的比例較佳為20~120莫耳%,更佳為35~100莫耳%,特佳為50~100莫耳%。藉由前述含量的比例為如此之範圍,能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的硬化物的接著力進一步變大。另外,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為一官能(在1分子中具有1個前述基)化合物的情況下,前述含量的比例之上限值為100莫耳%,但前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為多官能(在1分子中具有2個以上前述基)化合物的情況下,前述含量的比例之上限值有時會超過100莫耳%。In the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1), the ratio of the content of the energy ray curable group derived from the aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) relative to the content of the aforementioned functional group derived from the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably 20 to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%. By having the aforementioned content ratio in such a range, the adhesion of the cured product of the energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) is further increased. In addition, when the aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional compound (having one aforementioned group in one molecule), the upper limit of the aforementioned content ratio is 100 mol%, but when the aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more aforementioned groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the aforementioned content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.

前述聚合物(a1)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為100,000~2,000,000,更佳為300,000~1,500,000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 300,000 to 1,500,000.

前述聚合物(a1)其至少一部分經由交聯劑進行交聯的情況下,前述聚合物(a1)可為使非相當於前述作為構成丙烯酸聚合物(a11)所說明之上述單體的任一者且具有與交聯劑反應之基的單體進行聚合,並在前述與交聯劑反應之基中進行交聯而成者,亦可為在源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之與前述官能基反應之基中進行交聯而成者。When at least a part of the polymer (a1) is crosslinked with a crosslinking agent, the polymer (a1) may be a monomer which is not equivalent to any of the monomers described above as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) and has a group reactive with the crosslinking agent, and crosslinked at the group reactive with the crosslinking agent, or may be a polymer which is crosslinked at a group reactive with the functional group derived from the energy ray-curable compound (a12).

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所含有之前述聚合物(a1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) may contain only one kind of the aforementioned polymer (a1) or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the polymers may be arbitrarily selected.

具有能量線硬化性基之分子量為100~80,000的化合物(a2) 作為具有能量線硬化性基之分子量為100~80,000的化合物(a2)中之前述能量線硬化性基,可列舉包含能量線硬化性雙鍵之基,作為較佳者,可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等。Compound (a2) having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 and having an energy ray-curable group The energy ray-curable group in the compound (a2) having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 and having an energy ray-curable group may include a group containing an energy ray-curable double bond, and preferably, a (meth)acryl group, a vinyl group, and the like.

前述化合物(a2)只要是滿足上述條件者則並未特別限定,但可列舉具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物、具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂等。The compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions, and examples thereof include low molecular weight compounds having an energy ray curable group, epoxy resins having an energy ray curable group, phenol resins having an energy ray curable group, and the like.

前述化合物(a2)之中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物,例如可列舉多官能之單體或寡聚物等,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙[4-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]茀、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚四亞甲基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-1,3-二(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷等之2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯; 參(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、ε-己內酯改質參-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、乙氧基化甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯; 胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚物等之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚物等。Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), examples of low molecular weight compounds having an energy ray-curable group include multifunctional monomers or oligomers, and preferably acrylate compounds having a (meth)acryloyl group. Examples of the aforementioned acrylate compounds include 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloyloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloyloxydiethoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-(meth)acryloyloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, )phenyl]fluorene, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloyloxypolypropoxy)phenyl]propane, tricyclodecanedimethanol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, Diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloyloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-1,3-di(meth)acryloyloxypropane and other bifunctional (meth)acrylates; Tris(2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl)isocyanurate, ε-caprolactone-modified tris(2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl)isocyanurate esters, ethoxylated glycerol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrihydroxymethylpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate and the like multifunctional (meth)acrylates; Urethane (meth)acrylate oligomers and the like multifunctional (meth)acrylate oligomers, etc.

前述化合物(a2)之中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂,例如可使用「日本特開2013-194102號公報」之段落0043等中所記載者。如此之樹脂亦適用於構成後述之熱硬化性成分的樹脂,但在本發明中視作為前述化合物(a2)。Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), epoxy resins having energy ray curable groups and phenol resins having energy ray curable groups may be, for example, those described in paragraph 0043 of "Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-194102". Such resins are also applicable to resins constituting the thermosetting component described later, but are regarded as the aforementioned compounds (a2) in the present invention.

前述化合物(a2)的重量平均分子量較佳為100~30,000,更佳為300~10,000。The weight average molecular weight of the compound (a2) is preferably 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所含有之前述化合物(a2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) may contain only one compound (a2) or two or more compounds. When there are two or more compounds, the combination and ratio thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

(不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)) 組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)含有前述化合物(a2)作為前述能量線硬化性成分(a)的情況下,較佳進而含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。 前述聚合物(b)可為其至少一部分經由交聯劑進行交聯者,亦可為未交聯者。(Polymer (b) without energy ray curing group) When the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray curing resin film (x1-2) contain the aforementioned compound (a2) as the aforementioned energy ray curing component (a), it is preferred that they further contain a polymer (b) without energy ray curing group. The aforementioned polymer (b) may be at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent or may be uncrosslinked.

作為不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉丙烯酸聚合物、苯氧基樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚酯、橡膠系樹脂、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂等。 該等之中,前述聚合物(b)較佳為丙烯酸聚合物(以下,亦簡稱為「丙烯酸聚合物(b-1)」)。Examples of polymers (b) that do not have an energy-ray-hardening group include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber-based resins, acrylic urethane resins, and the like. Among these, the aforementioned polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter, also referred to as "acrylic polymer (b-1)").

丙烯酸聚合物(b-1)可為公知者,例如可為1種丙烯酸單體的均聚物,亦可為2種以上之丙烯酸單體的共聚物,也可為1種或2種以上之丙烯酸單體與1種或2種以上之丙烯酸單體以外之單體(非丙烯酸單體)的共聚物。The acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one, for example, a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer, a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers, or a copolymer of one or more acrylic monomers and one or more monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers).

作為構成丙烯酸聚合物(b-1)之前述丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯、具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含有縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含有取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,「取代胺基」係如同前述說明。Examples of the acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include alkyl (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylates having a cyclic skeleton, (meth)acrylates containing a glycidyl group, (meth)acrylates containing a hydroxyl group, (meth)acrylates containing a substituted amino group, etc. Here, "substituted amino group" is as described above.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯,例如,可列舉與前述說明之構成丙烯酸聚合物(a11)之不具有前述官能基之丙烯酸單體(構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數1~18之鏈狀構造的(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯等)相同者。Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester include the same as the acrylic monomer having no functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) described above (such as (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester is a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms).

作為前述具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯; (甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯基氧乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基氧烷基酯等。Examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylates having a cyclic skeleton include (meth)acrylate cycloalkyl esters such as isoborneol (meth)acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylate arylalkyl esters such as benzyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylate cycloalkenyl esters such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; and (meth)acrylate cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate.

作為前述含有縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 作為前述含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等。 作為前述含有取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等。Examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylate containing a glycidyl group include glycidyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylate containing a hydroxyl group include hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples of the aforementioned (meth)acrylate containing a substituted amino group include N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

作為構成丙烯酸聚合物(b-1)之前述非丙烯酸單體,例如可列舉乙烯、降莰烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。Examples of the aforementioned non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.

作為至少一部分經由交聯劑進行交聯之前述不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉前述聚合物(b)中之反應性官能基與交聯劑反應而成者。 前述反應性官能基可因應交聯劑的種類等而適宜選擇,並未特別限定。例如,交聯劑為聚異氰酸酯化合物的情況下,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羥基、羧基、胺基等,該等之中,較佳為與異氰酸酯基之反應性高的羥基。又,交聯劑為環氧系化合物的情況下,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羧基、胺基、醯胺基等,該等之中,較佳為與環氧基之反應性高的羧基。但是,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之電路的腐蝕的點而言,前述反應性官能基較佳為羧基以外之基。As the aforementioned polymer (b) not having an energy ray-curable group that is at least partially cross-linked by a cross-linking agent, for example, a reactive functional group in the aforementioned polymer (b) reacts with a cross-linking agent. The aforementioned reactive functional group can be appropriately selected according to the type of the cross-linking agent, etc., and is not particularly limited. For example, when the cross-linking agent is a polyisocyanate compound, as the aforementioned reactive functional group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amine group, etc. can be listed, and among these, a hydroxyl group with high reactivity with an isocyanate group is preferred. In addition, when the cross-linking agent is an epoxy compound, as the aforementioned reactive functional group, a carboxyl group, an amine group, etc. can be listed, and among these, a carboxyl group with high reactivity with an epoxy group is preferred. However, from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of the circuit of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group.

作為前述具有反應性官能基且不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉至少使具有前述反應性官能基之單體進行聚合而得者。若為丙烯酸聚合物(b-1)的情況,只要作為構成其之單體所列舉之前述丙烯酸單體及非丙烯酸單體的任一者或兩者,使用具有前述反應性官能基者即可。具有羥基作為反應性官能基的前述聚合物(b),例如可列舉將含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行聚合而得者,除此之外,亦可列舉將先前所列舉之前述丙烯酸單體或非丙烯酸單體中1個或2個以上之氫原子被前述反應性官能基取代而成之單體進行聚合而得者。As the aforementioned polymer (b) having a reactive functional group and not having an energy ray-hardening group, for example, there can be cited those obtained by polymerizing at least a monomer having the aforementioned reactive functional group. In the case of an acrylic polymer (b-1), as the monomer constituting the acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer, any one or both of which have the aforementioned reactive functional group can be used. As the aforementioned polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group, for example, there can be cited those obtained by polymerizing a (meth)acrylate containing a hydroxyl group. In addition, there can also be cited those obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer are substituted with the aforementioned reactive functional group.

具有反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b)中,相對於構成其之構成單位的總量,由具有反應性官能基之單體所衍生之構成單位的量的比例(含量)較佳為1~20質量%,更佳為2~10質量%。藉由前述比例為如此之範圍,前述聚合物(b)中,交聯程度成為更佳的範圍。In the aforementioned polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio (content) of the amount of the constituent units derived from the monomer having a reactive functional group relative to the total amount of the constituent units constituting the polymer (b) is preferably 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 2 to 10% by mass. When the aforementioned ratio is within such a range, the degree of crosslinking in the aforementioned polymer (b) becomes a more preferred range.

就組成物(IV)的造膜性變得更良好的點而言,不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10,000~2,000,000,更佳為100,000~1,500,000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 100,000 to 1,500,000, in order to improve the film-forming property of the composition (IV).

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所含有之不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The polymer (b) not having an energy ray-curable group contained in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio thereof may be selected arbitrarily.

作為組成物(x1-2-1),可列舉含有前述聚合物(a1)及前述化合物(a2)的任一者或兩者之組成物。並且,組成物(x1-2-1)含有前述化合物(a2)的情況下,較佳為進而含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),此情況下,較佳為更含有前述(a1)。又,組成物(x1-2-1)亦可不含有前述化合物(a2),而一併含有前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。As the composition (x1-2-1), there can be cited a composition containing either or both of the aforementioned polymer (a1) and the aforementioned compound (a2). Furthermore, when the composition (x1-2-1) contains the aforementioned compound (a2), it is preferred that it further contains a polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, and in this case, it is preferred that it further contains the aforementioned (a1). Furthermore, the composition (x1-2-1) may not contain the aforementioned compound (a2), but may contain both the aforementioned polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.

組成物(x1-2-1)含有前述聚合物(a1)、前述化合物(a2)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的情況,組成物(x1-2-1)中,相對於前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份,前述化合物(a2)的含量較佳為10~400質量份,更佳為30~350質量份。In the case where the composition (x1-2-1) contains the aforementioned polymer (a1), the aforementioned compound (a2) and a polymer (b) not having an energy ray-curable group, in the composition (x1-2-1), the content of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably 10 to 400 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the aforementioned polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) not having an energy ray-curable group.

組成物(x1-2-1)中,相對於溶媒以外之成分的總含量之前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)之合計含量的比例(亦即,第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)中,前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)之合計含量相對於前述薄膜之總質量的比例)較佳為5~90質量%,更佳為10~80質量%,特佳為20~70質量%。藉由前述比例為如此之範圍,第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的能量線硬化性變得更良好。In the composition (x1-2-1), the ratio of the total content of the energy ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group to the total content of the components other than the solvent (that is, in the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2), the ratio of the total content of the energy ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group to the total mass of the film) is preferably 5 to 90 mass%, more preferably 10 to 80 mass%, and particularly preferably 20 to 70 mass%. When the ratio is within such a range, the energy ray curability of the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) becomes better.

(填充材) 藉由調節組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)中之填充材的量,可以更容易地調節前述X值。又,藉由調節組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)中之填充材的量,可以更容易地調節第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的硬化物的熱膨脹係數,例如,藉由將第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的硬化物的熱膨脹係數對於保護膜之形成對象物進行最佳化,使用第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所得之封裝(Package)的可靠性更提升。又,藉由使用含有填充材之第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2),亦可減低第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的硬化物的吸濕率、使散熱性提升。(Filling material) By adjusting the amount of the filling material in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy line curing resin film (x1-2), the aforementioned X value can be more easily adjusted. In addition, by adjusting the amount of the filling material in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy line curing resin film (x1-2), the thermal expansion coefficient of the cured product of the first energy line curing resin film (x1-2) can be more easily adjusted. For example, by optimizing the thermal expansion coefficient of the cured product of the first energy line curing resin film (x1-2) for the object of forming the protective film, the reliability of the package obtained using the first energy line curing resin film (x1-2) is further improved. Furthermore, by using the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) containing a filler, the moisture absorption rate of the cured product of the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) can be reduced, thereby improving the heat dissipation property.

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所含有之前述填充材係可與前述說明之組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)所含有之填充材(D)相同。The aforementioned filler contained in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) may be the same as the filler (D) contained in the aforementioned composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1).

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)之填充材的含有態樣係可與組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之填充材(D)的含有態樣相同。The content of the filler in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) may be the same as the content of the filler (D) in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1).

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所含有之填充材可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The filler contained in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the fillers may be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(x1-2-1)中,相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之填充材的含量的比例(亦即,第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)中,填充材的含量相對於第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)之總質量的比例),例如可為5~45質量%。藉由前述比例為如此之範圍,將第一能量硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面時,可更提高:抑制在凸塊的上部之第一能量硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)之殘留的效果、抑制第一能量硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)之突出的效果、抑制在凸塊形成面上之第一能量硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)及其硬化物之收縮(cissing)的效果、以及提升對溝部之第一能量硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的埋入性的效果;並且可以更容易地調節上述熱膨脹係數。In the composition (x1-2-1), the ratio of the filler content to the total content of all components other than the solvent (i.e., in the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2), the ratio of the filler content to the total mass of the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2)) can be, for example, 5~45 mass%. By setting the above-mentioned ratio to such a range, when the first energy-curable resin film (x1-2) is attached to the bump-forming surface of a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, the following effects can be further improved: the effect of suppressing the residue of the first energy-curable resin film (x1-2) on the upper part of the bump, the effect of suppressing the protrusion of the first energy-curable resin film (x1-2), the effect of suppressing the shrinkage (cissing) of the first energy-curable resin film (x1-2) and its cured product on the bump-forming surface, and the effect of enhancing the embedding property of the first energy-curable resin film (x1-2) in the groove; and the above-mentioned thermal expansion coefficient can be more easily adjusted.

(添加劑) 藉由調節組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)中之添加劑的種類或量,可以更容易地調節前述X值。(Additives) The aforementioned X value can be more easily adjusted by adjusting the type or amount of additives in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2).

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所含有之前述添加劑係可與前述說明之組成物(x1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所含有之添加劑(I)相同。 例如,就可以更容易地調節前述X值的點而言,作為較佳之添加劑,可列舉流變控制劑、界面活性劑、矽油等。The aforementioned additives contained in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) may be the same as the additive (I) contained in the composition (x1-1-1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-2) described above. For example, from the point of view of being able to more easily adjust the aforementioned X value, the preferred additives include rheology control agents, surfactants, silicone oils, etc.

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)之添加劑的含有態樣係可與組成物(X1-1-1)及第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之添加劑(I)的含有態樣相同。The content of the additive in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) may be the same as the content of the additive (I) in the composition (X1-1-1) and the first heat curable resin film (x1-1).

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所含有之添加劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The additives contained in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the additives may be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)之添加劑的含量並未特別限定,可因應其種類或目的而適宜調節。 例如,在以調節前述X值為目的之情況下,組成物(x1-2-1)中,相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量之添加劑的含量的比例(亦即,第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)中,添加劑的含量相對於第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)之總質量的比例),例如可為0.5~10質量%。The content of the additive in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) is not particularly limited and can be appropriately adjusted according to the type or purpose. For example, in the case of adjusting the aforementioned X value, the ratio of the content of the additive to the total content of all components other than the solvent in the composition (x1-2-1) (that is, the ratio of the content of the additive to the total mass of the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) in the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2)) can be, for example, 0.5 to 10 mass%.

(其他成分) 在不損及本發明之效果的範圍內,組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)可含有非相當於能量線硬化性成分(a)、前述填充材與前述添加劑之任一者的其他成分。 作為前述其他成分,例如可列舉熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、偶合劑、交聯劑等。例如,藉由使用含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及熱硬化性成分之組成物(x1-2-1),第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)通過加熱而對於被著體之接著力提升,且該第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)的硬化物的強度亦提升。(Other components) Within the scope of not impairing the effect of the present invention, the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) may contain other components that are not equivalent to the energy ray curable component (a), the aforementioned filler and the aforementioned additive. As the aforementioned other components, for example, thermosetting components, photopolymerization initiators, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, etc. can be listed. For example, by using the composition (x1-2-1) containing the aforementioned energy ray curable component (a) and thermosetting components, the adhesion of the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) to the adherend is improved by heating, and the strength of the cured product of the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2) is also improved.

作為組成物(x1-2-1)中之前述熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、偶合劑及交聯劑,分別可列舉與組成物(x1-1-1)中之熱硬化性成分(B)、光聚合起始劑、偶合劑(E)及交聯劑(F)相同者。The aforementioned thermosetting component, photopolymerization initiator, coupling agent and crosslinking agent in the composition (x1-2-1) may be the same as the thermosetting component (B), photopolymerization initiator, coupling agent (E) and crosslinking agent (F) in the composition (x1-1-1), respectively.

組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)所含有之前述其他成分可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 組成物(x1-2-1)及第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)之前述其他成分的含量並未特別限定,只要因應目的適宜選擇即可。The composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) may contain only one of the above-mentioned other components, or two or more of them. In the case of two or more of them, the combination and ratio of them can be arbitrarily selected. The content of the above-mentioned other components in the composition (x1-2-1) and the first energy ray-curable resin film (x1-2) is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

(溶媒) 組成物(x1-2-1)較佳為進一步含有溶媒。含有溶媒之組成物(x1-2-1)係處理性變良好。 作為組成物(x1-2-1)所含有之溶媒,例如可列舉與前述說明之組成物(x1-1-1)所含有之溶媒相同者。 組成物(x1-2-1)所含有之溶媒可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 組成物(x1-2-1)之溶媒的含量並未特別限定,例如,只要因應溶媒以外之成分的種類適宜選擇即可。(Solvent) It is preferable that the composition (x1-2-1) further contains a solvent. The composition (x1-2-1) containing a solvent has good handling properties. As the solvent contained in the composition (x1-2-1), for example, the same solvent as the solvent contained in the composition (x1-1-1) described above can be listed. The solvent contained in the composition (x1-2-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio of the solvents can be arbitrarily selected. The content of the solvent in the composition (x1-2-1) is not particularly limited. For example, it can be appropriately selected according to the type of components other than the solvent.

<第一能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之製造方法> 第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-2-1)係藉由將用於構成其之各成分進行摻合而得。 第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-2-1)係例如,除了摻合成分的種類不同之點以外,可使用與前述說明之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)的情況相同之方法來製造。<Method for producing the first energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition> The first energy ray-curable resin film-forming composition (x1-2-1) is obtained by blending the components constituting the first energy ray-curable resin film-forming composition (x1-2-1), for example, can be produced by the same method as the first heat-curable resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) described above, except that the types of the blended components are different.

[第一複合薄片(α1)] 第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係如前述般,可藉由與第一支持薄片(Y1)層合而構成第一複合薄片(α1)。 將第一複合薄片(α1)的構成例示於圖3。 第一複合薄片(α1)係如圖3所示之第一複合薄片(α1)般,於第一支持薄片(Y1)之一面具備第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)。藉由於第一支持薄片(Y1)之一面具備第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1),當作為製品封裝(Package)搬運第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)、於步驟內搬送第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)時,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)被安定地支持、保護。[First composite sheet (α1)] As described above, the first curable resin film (x1) can be laminated with the first supporting sheet (Y1) to form the first composite sheet (α1). An example of the structure of the first composite sheet (α1) is shown in FIG3. The first composite sheet (α1) is a composite sheet (α1) having a first curable resin (x1) layer (X1) provided on one surface of the first supporting sheet (Y1), as in the first composite sheet (α1) shown in FIG3. By providing a layer (X1) of the first curable resin (x1) on one surface of the first supporting sheet (Y1), the layer (X1) of the first curable resin (x1) is stably supported and protected when the layer (X1) of the first curable resin (x1) is transported as a product package or when the layer (X1) of the first curable resin (x1) is transported within a step.

又,將第一複合薄片(α1)的具體構成例示於圖4~圖6。 第一複合薄片(α1)係如圖4所示之第一複合薄片(α1a)般,第一支持薄片(Y1)為基材51,並且於基材51之一面具備第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)。 又,第一複合薄片(α1)亦可如圖5所示之第一複合薄片(α1b)般,第一支持薄片(Y1)為層合基材51與黏著劑層61而成之黏著薄片,並且貼合該黏著薄片之黏著劑層61與第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)。 進而,第一複合薄片(α1)亦可如圖6所示之第一複合薄片(α1c)般,第一支持薄片(Y1)為依序層合基材51與中間層71與黏著劑層61而成之黏著薄片,並且貼合該黏著薄片之黏著劑層61與第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)。依序層合基材51與中間層71與黏著劑層61而成之黏著薄片係可適合使用作為背面研磨膠帶。亦即,如圖6所示之第一複合薄片(α1c),由於具有背面研磨膠帶作為第一支持薄片(Y1),故在貼合第一複合薄片(α1c)之第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)與半導體晶片製作用晶圓的凸塊形成面之後,將半導體晶片製作用晶圓之背面進行研削予以薄化處理之時可適宜使用。In addition, the specific structure of the first composite sheet (α1) is shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6. The first composite sheet (α1) is the first composite sheet (α1a) shown in FIG. 4, the first support sheet (Y1) is the substrate 51, and the first curable resin (x1) layer (X1) is provided on one side of the substrate 51. In addition, the first composite sheet (α1) can also be the first composite sheet (α1b) shown in FIG. 5, the first support sheet (Y1) is an adhesive sheet formed by laminating the substrate 51 and the adhesive layer 61, and the adhesive layer 61 of the adhesive sheet and the first curable resin (x1) layer (X1) are attached. Furthermore, the first composite sheet (α1) may also be a first composite sheet (α1c) as shown in FIG6, wherein the first support sheet (Y1) is an adhesive sheet formed by sequentially laminating a substrate 51, an intermediate layer 71, and an adhesive layer 61, and the adhesive layer 61 of the adhesive sheet is attached to a layer (X1) of a first curable resin (x1). The adhesive sheet formed by sequentially laminating a substrate 51, an intermediate layer 71, and an adhesive layer 61 can be used as a back grinding tape. That is, since the first composite sheet (α1c) shown in FIG6 has a back-grinding tape as the first supporting sheet (Y1), it can be suitably used when the back side of the semiconductor chip wafer is ground and thinned after the first curing resin (x1) layer (X1) of the first composite sheet (α1c) is bonded to the bump forming surface of the semiconductor chip wafer.

以下,針對第一複合薄片(α1)所使用之第一硬化性樹脂(x1)及第一支持薄片(Y1)進行說明。 <第一支持薄片(Y1)> 第一支持薄片(Y1)係作為用於支持第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的支持體而發揮功能。 第一支持薄片(Y1)係可如圖4所示般,僅由基材51構成,亦可如圖5所示般,為基材51與黏著劑層61之層合體,也可如圖6所示般,為依序層合基材51與中間層71與黏著劑層61而成之層合體。依序層合基材51與中間層71與黏著劑層61而成之層合體可適合使用作為背面研磨薄片(b-BG)。The first curable resin (x1) and the first supporting sheet (Y1) used in the first composite sheet (α1) are described below. <First supporting sheet (Y1)> The first supporting sheet (Y1) functions as a support for supporting the first curable resin (x1). The first supporting sheet (Y1) may be composed of only a substrate 51 as shown in FIG4, or may be a laminate of a substrate 51 and an adhesive layer 61 as shown in FIG5, or may be a laminate of a substrate 51, an intermediate layer 71, and an adhesive layer 61 in sequence as shown in FIG6. The laminate of a substrate 51, an intermediate layer 71, and an adhesive layer 61 in sequence may be suitable for use as a back grinding sheet (b-BG).

以下,針對第一支持薄片(Y1)所具有之基材、第一支持薄片(Y1)可具有之黏著劑層及中間層進行說明。The following describes the substrate of the first supporting sheet (Y1), the adhesive layer and the intermediate layer that the first supporting sheet (Y1) may have.

(基材) 基材為薄片狀或薄膜狀,作為其構成材料,例如可列舉以下各種樹脂。 作為構成基材之樹脂,例如可列舉低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)等聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、降莰烯樹脂等聚乙烯以外之聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-降莰烯共聚物等乙烯系共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體所得之共聚物);聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物等氯乙烯系樹脂(使用氯乙烯作為單體所得之樹脂);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚2,6-萘二羧酸乙二酯、全部構成單元具有芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等聚酯;2種以上之前述聚酯的共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸酯;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改質聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;聚醚酮等。 又,作為構成基材之樹脂,例如亦可列舉前述聚酯與其以外之樹脂的混合物等聚合物合金。前述聚酯與其以外之樹脂的聚合物合金較佳為聚酯以外之樹脂的量為較少量。 又,作為構成基材之樹脂,例如亦可列舉至此所例示之前述樹脂中的1種或2種以上經交聯而成之交聯樹脂;使用至此所例示之前述樹脂中的1種或2種以上而成之離子聚合物等改質樹脂。(Substrate) The substrate is in the form of a sheet or film, and its constituent materials include, for example, the following various resins. As resins constituting the substrate, for example, polyethylene such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high-density polyethylene (HDPE); polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymers, and ethylene-norbornene copolymers (copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer); vinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers; Resins (resins obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefins; polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylate, and fully aromatic polyesters in which all constituent units have aromatic cyclic groups; copolymers of two or more of the aforementioned polyesters; poly(meth)acrylates; polyurethanes; polyurethane acrylates; polyimides; polyamides; polycarbonates; fluororesins; polyacetals; modified polyphenylene ethers; polyphenylene sulfides; polysulfones; polyether ketones, etc. In addition, as the resin constituting the substrate, for example, polymer alloys such as mixtures of the aforementioned polyesters and other resins can also be listed. The polymer alloy of the polyester and other resins is preferably a resin other than polyester in a smaller amount. In addition, as the resin constituting the substrate, for example, there can be listed crosslinked resins formed by crosslinking one or more of the above-mentioned resins exemplified above; and modified resins such as ionic polymers formed by using one or more of the above-mentioned resins exemplified above.

構成基材之樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。構成基材之樹脂為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。The resin constituting the base material may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When there are two or more resins constituting the base material, the combination and ratio thereof may be arbitrarily selected.

基材可僅為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上之複數層。基材為複數層的情況下,該等複數層相互可為相同亦可為不同,該等複數層之組合並未特別限定。The substrate may be a single layer or a plurality of layers including two or more layers. When the substrate is a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited.

基材的厚度較佳為5μm~1,000μm,更佳為10μm~500μm,再更佳為15μm~300μm,又再更佳為20μm ~150μm。 此處,「基材的厚度」意指基材全體的厚度,例如,由複數層所成之基材的厚度意指構成基材的全部層之合計厚度。The thickness of the substrate is preferably 5 μm to 1,000 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 500 μm, further preferably 15 μm to 300 μm, and further preferably 20 μm to 150 μm. Here, "the thickness of the substrate" means the thickness of the entire substrate. For example, the thickness of a substrate composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the substrate.

基材較佳為厚度精度高,亦即,不論任何部位均抑制厚度的不均。上述構成材料之中,作為用於構成如此基材可使用之厚度精度高的材料,例如可列舉聚乙烯、聚乙烯以外之聚烯烴、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等。The substrate preferably has high thickness accuracy, that is, the thickness unevenness is suppressed regardless of any part. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials, materials with high thickness accuracy that can be used to constitute such a substrate include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, etc.

除了前述樹脂等主要構成材料以外,基材亦可含有填充材、著色劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、有機潤滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等公知的各種添加劑。In addition to the aforementioned main constituent materials such as the resin, the substrate may also contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antistatic agents, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, softeners (plasticizers), etc.

基材可為透明,亦可為不透明,亦可因應目的而著色,或,也可蒸鍍其他層。又,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)為第一能量線硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-2)時、及黏著劑層為能量性硬化性之黏著劑層時,基材較佳為能使能量線透過者。The substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or may be deposited with other layers. Furthermore, when the first curable resin film (x1) is the first energy ray curable resin film (x1-2), and when the adhesive layer is an energy curable adhesive layer, the substrate is preferably one that allows energy rays to pass through.

基材可利用公知方法製造。例如,含有樹脂之基材可藉由將含有前述樹脂之樹脂組成物成形而製造。The substrate can be manufactured by a known method. For example, a substrate containing a resin can be manufactured by molding a resin composition containing the above-mentioned resin.

(黏著劑層) 黏著劑層為薄片狀或薄膜狀,且含有黏著劑。 作為黏著劑,例如可列舉丙烯酸系樹脂(由具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之樹脂所成之黏著劑)、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂(由具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之樹脂所成之黏著劑)、橡膠系樹脂(由具有橡膠構造之樹脂所成之黏著劑)、聚矽氧系樹脂(由具有矽氧烷鍵之樹脂所成之黏著劑)、環氧系樹脂(由具有環氧基之樹脂所成之黏著劑)、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯等黏著性樹脂。該等之中,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。(Adhesive layer) The adhesive layer is in the form of a sheet or a film and contains an adhesive. Examples of adhesives include acrylic resins (adhesives made of resins having (meth)acrylic groups), urethane resins (adhesives made of resins having urethane bonds), rubber resins (adhesives made of resins having rubber structures), silicone resins (adhesives made of resins having siloxane bonds), epoxy resins (adhesives made of resins having epoxy groups), polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, and other adhesive resins. Among these, acrylic resins are preferred.

另外,本發明中,所謂「黏著性樹脂」係包含具有黏著性的樹脂與具有接著性的樹脂之兩者的概念,例如,不僅為樹脂本身具有黏著性者,亦包含藉由併用添加劑等其他成分而顯示黏著性之樹脂,或藉由熱或水等的觸發(trigger)的存在而顯示接著性之樹脂等。In the present invention, the term "adhesive resin" includes both adhesive resins and adhesive resins. For example, it includes not only resins that have adhesive properties themselves, but also resins that exhibit adhesive properties by using other components such as additives, or resins that exhibit adhesive properties by the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.

黏著劑層可僅為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上之複數層。黏著劑層為複數層的情況下,該等複數層相互可為相同亦可為不同,該等複數層之組合並未特別限定。The adhesive layer may be a single layer or a plurality of layers of two or more. When the adhesive layer is a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited.

黏著劑層的厚度較佳為1μm~1000μm,更佳為5μm~500μm,再更佳為10μm~100μm。此處,「黏著劑層的厚度」意指黏著劑層全體的厚度,例如,由複數層所成之黏著劑層的厚度意指構成黏著劑層的全部層之合計厚度。The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 1 μm to 1000 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 500 μm, and even more preferably 10 μm to 100 μm. Here, "the thickness of the adhesive layer" means the thickness of the entire adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of an adhesive layer composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the adhesive layer.

黏著劑層可為使用能量線硬化性黏著劑而形成者,亦可為使用非能量線硬化性黏著劑而形成者。使用能量線硬化性之黏著劑而形成的黏著劑層可容易地調節硬化前及硬化後的物性。The adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable adhesive or a non-energy ray-curable adhesive. The adhesive layer formed using an energy ray-curable adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.

(中間層) 中間層為薄片狀或薄膜狀,其構成材料只要因應目的適宜選擇即可,並未特別限定。例如,當目的為抑制因覆蓋半導體表面的保護膜上反映半導體表面存在的凸塊形狀而第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)變形的情況,作為中間層之較佳的構成材料,就凹凸追隨性高且更提升中間層之貼附性的點而言,可列舉胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。(Intermediate layer) The intermediate layer is in the form of a thin sheet or a film, and its constituent material can be appropriately selected according to the purpose and is not particularly limited. For example, when the purpose is to suppress the deformation of the first hardened resin film (r1) due to the reflection of the bump shape existing on the semiconductor surface on the protective film covering the semiconductor surface, as a better constituent material of the intermediate layer, urethane (meth) acrylate and the like can be listed in terms of high unevenness tracking and improved adhesion of the intermediate layer.

中間層可僅為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上之複數層。中間層為複數層的情況下,該等複數層相互可為相同亦可為不同,該等複數層之組合並未特別限定。The intermediate layer may be only one layer (single layer) or may be two or more layers. When the intermediate layer is a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited.

中間層的厚度可因應作為保護對象之半導體表面之凸塊的高度而適宜調節,但就可容易地吸收高度較高之凸塊的影響的點而言,較佳為50μm~600μm,更佳為70μm~500μm,再更佳為80μm~400μm。此處,「中間層的厚度」意指中間層全體的厚度,例如,由複數層所成之中間層的厚度意指構成中間層的全部層之合計厚度。The thickness of the intermediate layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the height of the bumps on the semiconductor surface to be protected, but in order to easily absorb the impact of the higher bumps, it is preferably 50μm to 600μm, more preferably 70μm to 500μm, and even more preferably 80μm to 400μm. Here, "the thickness of the intermediate layer" means the thickness of the entire intermediate layer. For example, the thickness of the intermediate layer composed of multiple layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the intermediate layer.

接著,針對第一複合薄片(α1)之製造方法進行說明。Next, the manufacturing method of the first composite sheet (α1) is described.

[第一複合薄片(α1)之製造方法] 第一複合薄片(α1)係可藉由將上述各層以成為對應之位置關係依序層合來製造。 例如,製造第一支持薄片(Y1)時,在基材上層合黏著劑層或中間層的情況下,可藉由將黏著劑組成物或中間層形成用組成物塗佈於基材上,視需要乾燥或照射能量線,而層合黏著劑層或中間層。 作為塗佈方法,例如可列舉旋轉塗佈法、噴霧塗佈法、棒塗佈法、刀塗佈法、輥塗佈法、輥刀塗佈法、刀片塗佈法、模塗佈法、凹板塗佈法等。[Manufacturing method of the first composite sheet (α1)] The first composite sheet (α1) can be manufactured by laminating the above-mentioned layers in order in a corresponding positional relationship. For example, when manufacturing the first supporting sheet (Y1), when laminating an adhesive layer or an intermediate layer on a substrate, the adhesive layer or the intermediate layer can be laminated by applying an adhesive composition or an intermediate layer forming composition on the substrate and drying or irradiating energy rays as needed. Examples of coating methods include rotary coating, spray coating, rod coating, knife coating, roller coating, roller-knife coating, blade coating, die coating, and gravure coating.

另外,例如,在經層合在基材上的黏著劑層之上,進一步層合第一硬化性樹脂(x1)時,可將熱硬化性樹脂組成物(x1-1-1)或能量線硬化性樹脂組成物(x1-2-1)塗佈於黏著劑層上,直接形成第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)。 同樣地,在經層合在基材上的中間層之上,進一步層合黏著劑層時,可將黏著劑組成物塗佈於中間層上,直接形成黏著劑層。In addition, for example, when the first curable resin (x1) is further laminated on the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, the thermosetting resin composition (x1-1-1) or the energy ray curable resin composition (x1-2-1) can be applied on the adhesive layer to directly form the first curable resin (x1) layer (X1). Similarly, when the adhesive layer is further laminated on the intermediate layer laminated on the substrate, the adhesive composition can be applied on the intermediate layer to directly form the adhesive layer.

如此般,當使用任一種組成物形成連續之2層層合構造時,可在由前述組成物所形成之層上,進一步塗佈組成物形成新的層。惟,在該等2層之中後層合之層,較佳為使用前述組成物預先形成在其他剝離薄膜上,將該經形成之層的與前述剝離薄膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面,與已形成完之其餘層的露出面進行貼合,而形成連續之2層層合構造。此時,前述組成物較佳為塗佈於剝離薄膜的剝離處理面。剝離薄膜係在形成層合構造後,可視需要去除。In this way, when a continuous two-layer laminate structure is formed using any composition, a composition can be further applied on the layer formed by the aforementioned composition to form a new layer. However, among the two layers, the layer to be laminated later is preferably formed in advance on another release film using the aforementioned composition, and the exposed surface of the formed layer opposite to the side in contact with the aforementioned release film is bonded to the exposed surface of the remaining layers that have been formed to form a continuous two-layer laminate structure. At this time, the aforementioned composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. The release film can be removed as needed after the laminate structure is formed.

[第二複合薄片(α2)] 第二複合薄片(α2)只要是可在半導體晶圓的背面形成保護膜之構成則並未特別限定,例如,可採用與第一複合薄片(α1)相同之構成。 因此,第二複合薄片(α2)所具有之第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)可與上述第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)為相同的材質及構成。 但是,一般而言半導體晶圓的背面中不存在凸塊或溝部而為平滑,故,對於第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)而言,並不要求滿足第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)中的要件(I)。因此,第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)中,X值可為18以下且亦可為10,000以上。[Second composite sheet (α2)] The second composite sheet (α2) is not particularly limited as long as it can form a protective film on the back side of the semiconductor wafer. For example, the same structure as the first composite sheet (α1) can be adopted. Therefore, the second curable resin film (x2) of the second composite sheet (α2) can be made of the same material and structure as the first curable resin film (x1). However, in general, the back side of the semiconductor wafer does not have bumps or grooves and is smooth. Therefore, the second curable resin film (x2) is not required to satisfy the requirement (I) of the first curable resin film (x1). Therefore, in the second curable resin film (x2), the X value can be less than 18 and can also be greater than 10,000.

(著色劑(J)) 此處,就提升由雷射標記所形成之印字的可見性的觀點、使半導體晶片背面的研削痕難以看見而提升半導體晶片之設計性的觀點等而言,第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)及用於形成第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)之第二硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物較佳含有著色劑(J)。 作為著色劑(J),例如可列舉無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知者。 作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可列舉銨系色素、花青系色素、部花青素系色素、克酮鎓(croconium)系色素、方酸鎓(squalium)系色素、薁鎓系色素、聚次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞青素系色素、萘酞青素系色素、萘并內醯胺系色素、偶氮系色素、縮合偶氮系色素、靛藍系色素、紫環酮系色素、苝系色素、二噁嗪系色素、喹吖酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色素、喹啉黃系色素、吡咯系色素、硫靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、萘酚系色素、甲亞胺系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮(pyranthrone)系色素及士林(threne)系色等。 作為前述無機系顏料,例如可列舉碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO(氧化銻錫)系色素等。(Coloring agent (J)) Here, from the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the printed characters formed by the laser marking and improving the design of the semiconductor chip by making the grinding marks on the back of the semiconductor chip difficult to see, the second curable resin film (x2) and the second curable resin film forming composition for forming the second curable resin film (x2) preferably contain a coloring agent (J). As the coloring agent (J), for example, well-known ones such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes can be listed. Examples of the organic pigments and organic dyes include ammonium pigments, cyanine pigments, merocyanidin pigments, croconium pigments, squalium pigments, azulenium pigments, polymethine pigments, naphthoquinone pigments, pyrylium pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, naphthocyanin pigments, naphtholactam pigments, azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, indigo pigments, peroxylane pigments, and perylene pigments. Pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinoline yellow pigments, pyrrole pigments, thioindigo pigments, metal complex pigments (metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex pigments, indoxyl pigments, triallylmethane pigments, anthraquinone pigments, naphthol pigments, azomethine pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, pyranthrone pigments, and threne pigments. Examples of the aforementioned inorganic pigments include carbon black, cobalt pigments, iron pigments, chromium pigments, titanium pigments, vanadium pigments, zirconium pigments, molybdenum pigments, ruthenium pigments, platinum pigments, ITO (indium tin oxide) pigments, and ATO (antimony tin oxide) pigments.

第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)及第二硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物所含有之著色劑(J)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。著色劑(J)為2種以上的情況下,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 使用著色劑(J)的情況下,第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)之著色劑(J)的含量可因應目的而適宜調節。例如,如上述般,由硬化第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)所形成之硬化物的第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)存在有使用雷射照射施加印字的情況,藉由調節第二硬化性樹脂(x2)之著色劑(J)的含量,且調節保護膜之光透過性,可調節印字的可見性。又,藉由調節著色劑(J)的含量,亦可提升保護膜之設計性,使難以看見半導體晶圓之背面的研削痕。若考慮此些點,用於形成第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)之第二硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物中,相對於溶媒以外之全部成分的總含量(亦稱為第二硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物之固體成分的總質量)之著色劑(J)的含量的比例(亦即,第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)之著色劑(J)的含量)較佳為0.1~10質量%,更佳為0.1~7.5質量%,特佳為0.1~5質量%。藉由著色劑(J)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可更顯著地得到使用著色劑(J)之效果。又,藉由著色劑(J)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)之光透過性的過度降低。The colorant (J) contained in the second curable resin film (x2) and the composition for forming the second curable resin film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of colorants (J), the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. When a colorant (J) is used, the content of the colorant (J) in the second curable resin film (x2) can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, as described above, the second curable resin film (r2) formed by curing the second curable resin film (x2) has a printing applied by laser irradiation. By adjusting the content of the colorant (J) in the second curable resin (x2) and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film, the visibility of the printing can be adjusted. Furthermore, by adjusting the content of the coloring agent (J), the design of the protective film can be improved, making it difficult to see the grinding marks on the back of the semiconductor wafer. If these points are taken into consideration, the ratio of the content of the coloring agent (J) relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent (also referred to as the total mass of the solid components of the second curable resin film forming composition) in the second curable resin film forming composition used to form the second curable resin film (x2) (that is, the content of the coloring agent (J) in the second curable resin film (x2)) is preferably 0.1 to 10 mass%, more preferably 0.1 to 7.5 mass%, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 mass%. By making the above content of the coloring agent (J) above the above lower limit, the effect of using the coloring agent (J) can be more significantly obtained. Furthermore, when the content of the coloring agent (J) is equal to or less than the upper limit value, an excessive decrease in the light transmittance of the second curable resin film (x2) can be suppressed.

另外,上述第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)及第一硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物中,亦可含有著色劑(J)。但是,就確保半導體晶片製作用晶圓之分割預定線的可見性的觀點而言,著色劑(J)的含量較佳為能夠確保該分割預定線的可見性之等級的透明性經確保之範圍內的量。In addition, the first curable resin film (x1) and the first curable resin film forming composition may also contain a coloring agent (J). However, from the viewpoint of ensuring the visibility of the predetermined dividing line of the wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing, the content of the coloring agent (J) is preferably within a range of transparency that can ensure the visibility of the predetermined dividing line.

又,第二複合薄片(α2)所具有之第二支持薄片(Y2)可為與上述第一支持薄片(Y1)相同之構成。具體來說,第二支持薄片(Y2)係與第一支持薄片(Y1)相同,可為如圖4所示之僅由基材51所成者,亦可為如圖5所示之層合基材51與黏著劑層61而成之黏著薄片,也可為如圖6所示之層合基材51與中間層71與黏著劑層61而成之黏著薄片。 第二支持薄片(Y2)所具有之基材、中間層及黏著劑層可為與第一支持薄片(Y1)所具有之基材、中間層及黏著劑層相同之構成及材質。Furthermore, the second supporting sheet (Y2) of the second composite sheet (α2) may have the same structure as the first supporting sheet (Y1). Specifically, the second supporting sheet (Y2) is the same as the first supporting sheet (Y1), and may be composed only of the substrate 51 as shown in FIG4, or may be an adhesive sheet composed of a laminated substrate 51 and an adhesive layer 61 as shown in FIG5, or may be an adhesive sheet composed of a laminated substrate 51, an intermediate layer 71, and an adhesive layer 61 as shown in FIG6. The substrate, intermediate layer, and adhesive layer of the second supporting sheet (Y2) may have the same structure and material as the substrate, intermediate layer, and adhesive layer of the first supporting sheet (Y1).

[第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)之使用方法] 第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係可用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜(第一硬化樹脂膜(r1))。 更詳言之,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係可用於藉由使用具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面及作為分割預定線的溝部的半導體晶片製作用晶圓之後述的半導體晶片之製造方法,而在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜(第一硬化樹脂膜(r1))。[Usage method of the first curable resin film (x1)] The first curable resin film (x1) can be used to form a curable resin film (first curable resin film (r1)) as a protective film on both the aforementioned bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps. More specifically, the first curable resin film (x1) can be used to form a curable resin film (first curable resin film (r1)) as a protective film on both the aforementioned bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps in the method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip described later in which a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps and a groove serving as a predetermined dividing line is used to manufacture a wafer.

[第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)之使用方法] 第二硬化性樹脂薄膜(x2)係可用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的背面形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜(第二硬化樹脂膜(r2))。 更詳言之,第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)係可用於在使用具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面及作為分割預定線的溝部的半導體晶片製作用晶圓之後述的半導體晶片之製造方法之步驟(T)中,於具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的背面形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜(第二硬化樹脂膜(r2))。[Usage of the second curable resin film (x2)] The second curable resin film (x2) can be used to form a curable resin film (second curable resin film (r2)) as a protective film on the back side of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps. More specifically, the first curable resin film (x1) can be used to form a curable resin film (second curable resin film (r2)) as a protective film on the back side of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps in step (T) of the semiconductor chip manufacturing method described later for manufacturing a wafer using a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps and a groove serving as a predetermined dividing line.

[第一複合薄片(α1)之使用方法] 第一複合薄片(α1)係可用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜(第一硬化樹脂膜(r1))。 更詳言之,第一複合薄片(α1)係可用於藉由使用具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面及作為分割預定線的溝部的半導體晶片製作用晶圓之後述的半導體晶片之製造方法,而在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜(第一硬化樹脂膜(r1))。[Usage of the first composite sheet (α1)] The first composite sheet (α1) can be used to form a hardened resin film (first hardened resin film (r1)) as a protective film on both the aforementioned bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps. More specifically, the first composite sheet (α1) can be used to form a hardened resin film (first hardened resin film (r1)) as a protective film on both the aforementioned bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps in the method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip described later by using a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps and a groove serving as a predetermined dividing line to manufacture a wafer.

[第二複合薄片(α2)之使用方法] 第二複合薄片(α2)係可用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的背面形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜(第二硬化樹脂膜(r2))。 更詳言之,第二複合薄片(α2)係可用於在使用具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面及作為分割預定線的溝部的半導體晶片製作用晶圓之後述的半導體晶片之製造方法之步驟(T)中,於具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的背面形成作為保護膜的硬化樹脂膜(第二硬化樹脂膜(r2))。[Usage of the second composite sheet (α2)] The second composite sheet (α2) can be used to form a hardened resin film (second hardened resin film (r2)) as a protective film on the back side of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps. More specifically, the second composite sheet (α2) can be used to form a hardened resin film (second hardened resin film (r2)) as a protective film on the back side of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps in step (T) of a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip described later in which a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps and a groove serving as a predetermined dividing line is used to manufacture a wafer.

[本發明的半導體晶片之製造方法] 將本發明的半導體晶片之製造方法的步驟概略圖表示於圖7。 本發明的半導體晶片之製造方法,大致上包含:準備半導體晶片製作用晶圓的步驟(S1)、貼附第一複合薄片(α1)的步驟(S2)、硬化第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的步驟(S3)及進行單片化的步驟(S4),且進一步包含研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓之背面的步驟(S-BG)。 在本發明之一態樣的半導體晶片之製造方法中,可使用上述第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1),但就提升處理性等的觀點而言,較佳為使用上述第一複合薄片(α1)。[Method for manufacturing semiconductor chips of the present invention] The schematic diagram of the steps of the method for manufacturing semiconductor chips of the present invention is shown in FIG7. The method for manufacturing semiconductor chips of the present invention generally includes: a step of preparing a wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing (S1), a step of attaching a first composite sheet (α1) (S2), a step of curing a first curable resin (x1) (S3), and a step of singulation (S4), and further includes a step of grinding the back side of the wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing (S-BG). In the method for manufacturing semiconductor chips of one aspect of the present invention, the first curable resin film (x1) can be used, but from the viewpoint of improving the handling property, etc., it is preferable to use the first composite sheet (α1).

詳言之,本發明之一態樣的半導體晶片之製造方法係使用上述第一複合薄片(α1),並依序包含下述步驟(S1)~(S4)。 ・步驟(S1):準備半導體晶片製作用晶圓的步驟,該半導體晶片製作用晶圓係於具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶圓的前述凸塊形成面上,以未到達背面的方式形成有作為分割預定線的溝部 ・步驟(S2):將第一硬化性樹脂(x1)按壓並貼附至前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述凸塊形成面,並且,以第一硬化性樹脂(x1)被覆前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述凸塊形成面的同時,埋入前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)至形成於前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓上的前述溝部的步驟 ・步驟(S3):使前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)硬化,得到附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的步驟 ・步驟(S4):沿著前述分割預定線,將前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓進行單片化,得到至少前述凸塊形成面及側面被前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片的步驟 進而,在前述步驟(S2)之後且在前述步驟(S3)之前、在前述步驟(S3)之後且在前述步驟(S4)之前、或在前述步驟(S4)中,包含下述步驟(S-BG)。 ・步驟(S-BG):將前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面進行研削的步驟In detail, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip according to one aspect of the present invention uses the above-mentioned first composite sheet (α1) and sequentially includes the following steps (S1) to (S4). ・Step (S1): a step of preparing a semiconductor wafer for use, wherein a groove serving as a predetermined dividing line is formed on the bump forming surface of a semiconductor wafer having a bump forming surface with bumps so as not to reach the back surface ・Step (S2): a step of pressing and attaching a first curable resin (x1) to the bump forming surface of the semiconductor wafer for use, and burying the first curable resin (x1) in the groove formed on the semiconductor wafer for use while covering the bump forming surface of the semiconductor wafer for use with the first curable resin (x1) ・ Step (S3): hardening the first curable resin (x1) to obtain a semiconductor wafer with a first curable resin film (r1) Step (S4): singulating the semiconductor wafer with a first curable resin film (r1) along the predetermined dividing line to obtain a semiconductor wafer with at least the bump forming surface and the side surface covered by the first curable resin film (r1) Furthermore, after the step (S2) and before the step (S3), after the step (S3) and before the step (S4), or in the step (S4), the following step (S-BG) is included. ・Step (S-BG): A step of grinding the back side of the semiconductor wafer.

藉由包含上述步驟之製造方法,可得到不僅凸塊形成面,側面亦被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之強度優異並且作為保護膜之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的剝離亦難以發生之半導體晶片。 另外,此處所謂「被覆」意指在1個半導體晶片的至少凸塊形成面與側面上,沿著半導體晶片的形狀形成第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)。亦即,本發明係明確地不同於將複數之半導體晶片封入樹脂中之密封技術。By using the manufacturing method including the above steps, a semiconductor chip can be obtained in which not only the bump forming surface but also the side surface is covered with the first hardened resin film (r1) with excellent strength and the first hardened resin film (r1) as a protective film is difficult to peel off. In addition, the so-called "covering" here means that the first hardened resin film (r1) is formed along the shape of the semiconductor chip on at least the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip. That is, the present invention is clearly different from the sealing technology of sealing a plurality of semiconductor chips in resin.

以下,針對本發明的半導體晶片之製造方法,詳細說明每個步驟。 另外,在之後的說明中,「半導體晶片」亦可僅稱為「晶片」,「半導體晶圓」亦可僅稱為「晶圓」。The following describes each step of the method for manufacturing the semiconductor chip of the present invention in detail. In addition, in the following description, "semiconductor chip" may be simply referred to as "chip", and "semiconductor wafer" may be simply referred to as "wafer".

[步驟(S1)] 關於在步驟(S1)準備之半導體晶圓的一例,將俯視圖表示於圖8,並且將概略剖面圖表示於圖9。 於步驟(S1)中,準備於具有具備凸塊12之凸塊形成面11a的半導體晶圓11的凸塊形成面11a上,以未到達背面11b的方式形成作為分割預定線的溝部13的半導體晶片製作用晶圓10。 另外,圖8中,凸塊係於圖示省略。[Step (S1)] An example of a semiconductor wafer prepared in step (S1) is shown in a top view in FIG8 and in a schematic cross-sectional view in FIG9. In step (S1), a semiconductor wafer manufacturing wafer 10 is prepared in which a groove 13 serving as a predetermined dividing line is formed on a bump forming surface 11a of a semiconductor wafer 11 having bump forming surface 11a with bumps 12 so as not to reach a back surface 11b. In addition, in FIG8, bumps are omitted in the illustration.

凸塊12的形狀並未特別限定,只要能與晶片搭載用之基板上的電極等接觸並固定,則可為任何形狀。 例如,於圖9中,將凸塊12設為球狀,但凸塊12亦可為回轉橢圓體(spheroid)。該回轉橢圓體,例如可為相對於晶圓11的凸塊形成面11a而言朝垂直方向延長的回轉橢圓體,也可為相對於晶圓11的凸塊形成面11a而言朝水平方向延長的回轉橢圓體。又,凸塊12亦可為柱體(柱)形狀。The shape of the bump 12 is not particularly limited, and can be any shape as long as it can contact and fix with the electrode on the substrate for chip mounting. For example, in FIG. 9 , the bump 12 is set to be spherical, but the bump 12 can also be a spheroid. The spheroid can be, for example, a spheroid extending in the vertical direction relative to the bump forming surface 11a of the wafer 11, or a spheroid extending in the horizontal direction relative to the bump forming surface 11a of the wafer 11. In addition, the bump 12 can also be a columnar (pillar) shape.

凸塊12的高度並未特別限定,可因應設計上之要求而適宜變更。 舉例為30μm~300μm,較佳為60μm~250μm,更佳為80μm~200μm。 另外,所謂「凸塊12的高度」意指當著眼於1個凸塊時,於距凸塊形成面11a最高位置所存在之部位的高度。The height of the bump 12 is not particularly limited and can be changed appropriately according to design requirements. For example, it is 30μm~300μm, preferably 60μm~250μm, and more preferably 80μm~200μm. In addition, the so-called "height of the bump 12" means the height of the part at the highest position of the bump forming surface 11a when focusing on one bump.

關於凸塊12的個數,並未特別限定,可因應設計上之要求而適宜變更。The number of the bumps 12 is not particularly limited and can be changed appropriately according to design requirements.

晶圓11,例如為於表面形成有配線、電容器、二極體及電晶體等電路的半導體晶圓。該晶圓的材質並未特別限定,例如可列舉矽晶圓、碳化矽晶圓、化合物半導體晶圓、玻璃晶圓及藍寶石晶圓等。The wafer 11 is, for example, a semiconductor wafer having circuits such as wiring, capacitors, diodes, and transistors formed on the surface. The material of the wafer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silicon wafers, silicon carbide wafers, compound semiconductor wafers, glass wafers, and sapphire wafers.

晶圓11的尺寸並未特別限定,但就提高批次處理效率的觀點而言,通常為8吋(直徑200mm)以上,較佳為12吋(直徑300mm)以上。另外,晶圓的形狀並未限定為圓形,亦可為例如正方形或長方形等方型。方型之晶圓的情況下,就提高批次處理效率的觀點而言,晶圓11的尺寸較佳為最長邊的長度為上述尺寸(直徑)以上。The size of the wafer 11 is not particularly limited, but from the perspective of improving batch processing efficiency, it is usually 8 inches (200 mm in diameter) or larger, preferably 12 inches (300 mm in diameter) or larger. In addition, the shape of the wafer is not limited to a circle, and may be a square shape such as a square or a rectangle. In the case of a square wafer, from the perspective of improving batch processing efficiency, the size of the wafer 11 is preferably such that the length of the longest side is greater than the above-mentioned size (diameter).

晶圓11的厚度並未特別限定,但就易於抑制硬化第一硬化性樹脂(x1)時之收縮所引起的翹曲的觀點、抑制後續步驟中晶圓11的背面11b的研削量而縮短背面研削所需要之時間的觀點而言,較佳為100μm~1,000μm,更佳為200μm~900μm,再更佳為300μm~800μm。The thickness of the wafer 11 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of easily suppressing the warp caused by the shrinkage during the curing of the first curing resin (x1) and suppressing the grinding amount of the back side 11b of the wafer 11 in the subsequent step and shortening the time required for back side grinding, the thickness is preferably 100μm~1,000μm, more preferably 200μm~900μm, and even more preferably 300μm~800μm.

在步驟(S1)準備之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的凸塊形成面11a中,將複數的溝部13形成為格子狀,作為將半導體晶片製作用晶圓10單片化時的分割預定線。複數的溝部13為應用刀片先切割法(Dicing Before Grinding)時所形成之切口溝,以相較於晶圓11的厚度淺的深度來形成,使溝部13的最深部未到達晶圓11的背面11b。複數的溝部13可藉由使用以往公知之具備切割刀片的晶圓切割裝置等的切割來形成。另外,複數的溝部13亦可並非使用刀片,而是藉由使用雷射等的切割來形成。 另外,複數的溝部13係只要以所製造之半導體晶片成為期望的尺寸及形狀的方式來形成即可,並不一定要將溝部13形成為如圖8所示的格子狀。又,半導體晶片的尺寸通常為0.5mm×0.5mm~1.0mm×1.0mm左右,但並不限定於該尺寸。In the bump forming surface 11a of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 prepared in step (S1), a plurality of grooves 13 are formed in a grid shape as predetermined dividing lines when the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 is singulated. The plurality of grooves 13 are cut grooves formed when the blade first dicing method (Dicing Before Grinding) is applied, and are formed with a depth shallower than the thickness of the wafer 11, so that the deepest part of the groove 13 does not reach the back side 11b of the wafer 11. The plurality of grooves 13 can be formed by cutting using a conventionally known wafer cutting device equipped with a cutting blade. In addition, the plurality of grooves 13 can also be formed by cutting using a laser or the like instead of a blade. In addition, the plurality of grooves 13 can be formed so that the manufactured semiconductor wafer has a desired size and shape, and the grooves 13 do not necessarily have to be formed in a grid pattern as shown in Fig. 8. The size of a semiconductor wafer is generally about 0.5 mm×0.5 mm to 1.0 mm×1.0 mm, but is not limited to this size.

溝部13的寬度,就使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的埋入性良好的觀點而言,較佳為10μm~2,000μm,更佳為30μm~1,000μm,再更佳為40μm~500μm,又再更佳為50μm ~300μm。The width of the groove 13 is preferably 10 μm to 2,000 μm, more preferably 30 μm to 1,000 μm, further preferably 40 μm to 500 μm, and further preferably 50 μm to 300 μm from the viewpoint of improving embedding properties of the first curable resin (x1).

溝部13的深度可因應使用之晶圓的厚度與所要求之晶片厚度來調整,較佳為30μm~700μm,更佳為60μm~600μm,再更佳為100μm~500μm。The depth of the groove 13 can be adjusted according to the thickness of the wafer used and the required chip thickness, and is preferably 30 μm to 700 μm, more preferably 60 μm to 600 μm, and even more preferably 100 μm to 500 μm.

溝13的縱橫比可為2~6,亦可為2.5~5,也可為3~5。The aspect ratio of the groove 13 may be 2-6, 2.5-5, or 3-5.

將在步驟(S1)準備之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10供給至步驟(S2)。The semiconductor wafer manufacturing wafer 10 prepared in step (S1) is supplied to step (S2).

[步驟(S2)] 將步驟(S2)的概略示於圖10。 於步驟(S2)中,將第一硬化性樹脂(x1)按壓並貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的凸塊形成面11a。 此處,就第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的處理性的觀點來看,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)較佳為層合於支持薄片來使用。 因此,於步驟(S2)中,較佳為將具有層合第一支持薄片(Y1)與第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)而成之層合構造的第一複合薄片(α1),以前述層(X1)作為貼附面按壓並貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的凸塊形成面11a。 藉由步驟(S2),如圖4所示般,以第一硬化性樹脂(x1)被覆半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的凸塊形成面11a的同時,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)被埋入至形成於半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的溝部13。[Step (S2)] The outline of step (S2) is shown in FIG10. In step (S2), the first curable resin (x1) is pressed and attached to the bump forming surface 11a of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10. Here, from the viewpoint of the handling property of the first curable resin (x1), the first curable resin (x1) is preferably used by laminating on a supporting sheet. Therefore, in step (S2), it is preferred that the first composite sheet (α1) having a laminated structure formed by laminating a first support sheet (Y1) and a layer (X1) of a first curable resin (x1) is pressed and attached to the bump forming surface 11a of the semiconductor chip wafer 10 with the aforementioned layer (X1) as an attachment surface. By step (S2), as shown in FIG. 4, while the bump forming surface 11a of the semiconductor chip wafer 10 is covered with the first curable resin (x1), the first curable resin (x1) is buried in the groove 13 formed in the semiconductor chip wafer 10.

藉由埋入第一硬化性樹脂(x1)至形成於半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的溝部13,於步驟(S4)中將半導體晶片製作用晶圓10進行單片化時,能以第一硬化性樹脂(x1)被覆作為半導體晶片之側面的部分。亦即,藉由步驟(S2)可形成:為了使半導體晶片的強度變得優異,並且抑制作為保護膜之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的剝離為必要之作為被覆半導體晶片側面之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的前驅物的被覆物。By embedding the first curable resin (x1) in the groove 13 formed in the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10, when the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 is singulated in step (S4), the side surface of the semiconductor chip can be covered with the first curable resin (x1). That is, by step (S2), a coating that is a precursor of the first curable resin film (r1) covering the side surface of the semiconductor chip can be formed, which is necessary to improve the strength of the semiconductor chip and suppress the peeling of the first curable resin film (r1) as a protective film.

另外,就使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)對溝部13的埋入性良好的觀點而言,將第一複合薄片(α1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓10時的按壓力較佳為1kPa~200kPa,更佳為5kPa~150kPa,再更佳為10kPa~100kPa。 另外,將第一複合薄片(α1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓10時的按壓力係從貼附初期到終期可適宜變動。例如,就使對溝部13之第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的埋入性更良好的觀點而言,較佳為在貼附初期降低按壓力,並逐漸地提高按壓力。In addition, from the perspective of making the first curable resin (x1) embeddable in the groove 13, the pressing force when attaching the first composite sheet (α1) to the semiconductor chip wafer 10 is preferably 1kPa~200kPa, more preferably 5kPa~150kPa, and even more preferably 10kPa~100kPa. In addition, the pressing force when attaching the first composite sheet (α1) to the semiconductor chip wafer 10 can be appropriately changed from the initial attachment to the final attachment. For example, from the perspective of making the embeddability of the first curable resin (x1) in the groove 13 better, it is better to reduce the pressing force at the initial attachment and gradually increase the pressing force.

又,將第一複合薄片(α1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓10時,在第一硬化性樹脂(x1)為熱硬化性樹脂的情況下,就使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)對溝部13的埋入性更良好的觀點而言,較佳為進行加熱。第一硬化性樹脂(x1)為熱硬化性樹脂時,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)藉由加熱而流動性暫時的提高,並且藉由繼續加熱而硬化。因此,藉由在第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的流動性提升之範圍內進行加熱,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)易於遍布溝部13全體,可更提升第一硬化性樹脂(x1)對溝部13的埋入性。 作為具體的加熱溫度(貼附溫度),較佳為50℃~150℃,更佳為60℃~130℃,再更佳為70℃~110℃。 另外,對第一硬化性樹脂(x1)進行的該加熱處理不包含在第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的硬化處理中。Furthermore, when the first composite sheet (α1) is attached to the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10, when the first curable resin (x1) is a thermosetting resin, it is preferably heated from the viewpoint of making the embedding property of the first curable resin (x1) in the groove 13 better. When the first curable resin (x1) is a thermosetting resin, the fluidity of the first curable resin (x1) is temporarily improved by heating, and it is hardened by continuing to heat. Therefore, by heating within the range of the improved fluidity of the first curable resin (x1), the first curable resin (x1) is easily spread throughout the entire groove 13, and the embedding property of the first curable resin (x1) in the groove 13 can be further improved. As a specific heating temperature (attachment temperature), it is preferably 50°C to 150°C, more preferably 60°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 70°C to 110°C. In addition, the heating treatment performed on the first curable resin (x1) is not included in the curing treatment of the first curable resin (x1).

又,將第一複合薄片(α1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓10時,較佳為在減壓環境下進行。藉此,溝部13成為負壓,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)變得易於遍布溝部13全體。其結果,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)對溝部13的埋入性變得更良好。作為減壓環境之具體的壓力,較佳為0.001kPa~50kPa,更佳為0.01kPa~5kPa,再更佳為0.05kPa~1kPa。Furthermore, when attaching the first composite sheet (α1) to the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10, it is preferably carried out in a reduced pressure environment. Thereby, the groove 13 becomes negative pressure, and the first curable resin (x1) becomes easy to spread throughout the groove 13. As a result, the embedding property of the first curable resin (x1) in the groove 13 becomes better. As a specific pressure of the reduced pressure environment, it is preferably 0.001kPa~50kPa, more preferably 0.01kPa~5kPa, and more preferably 0.05kPa~1kPa.

又,就使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)對溝部13的埋入性更良好的觀點而言,第一複合薄片(α1)中之第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)的厚度較佳為超過30μm且200μm以下,更佳為60μm~150μm,再更佳為80μm~130μm。Furthermore, from the perspective of making the first curable resin (x1) more embeddable in the groove 13, the thickness of the layer (X1) of the first curable resin (x1) in the first composite sheet (α1) is preferably greater than 30 μm and less than 200 μm, more preferably 60 μm to 150 μm, and even more preferably 80 μm to 130 μm.

又,由於第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)係由第一硬化性樹脂(x1)所構成,故滿足上述要件(I)。因此,由於X值為19以上且未滿10,000,故將第一複合薄片(α1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的凸塊形成面11a時,抑制在凸塊12上部之第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之殘留的效果、抑制第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)之突出的效果、抑制在凸塊形成面11a上之第一硬化性樹脂(x1)及作為其硬化物之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之收縮(cissing)的效果優異,對溝部13之第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的埋入性亦良好。Furthermore, since the first curable resin (x1) layer (X1) is composed of the first curable resin (x1), the above-mentioned requirement (I) is satisfied. Therefore, since the X value is greater than 19 and less than 10,000, when the first composite sheet (α1) is attached to the bump forming surface 11a of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10, the effect of suppressing the residue of the first curable resin (x1) on the upper part of the bump 12, the effect of suppressing the protrusion of the layer (X1) of the first curable resin (x1), and the effect of suppressing the shrinkage (cissing) of the first curable resin (x1) on the bump forming surface 11a and the first curable resin film (r1) as its cured product are excellent, and the embedding property of the first curable resin (x1) in the groove 13 is also good.

此處,第一複合薄片(α1)所具有之第一支持薄片(Y1)較佳為兼具支持第一硬化性樹脂(x1)及作為背面研磨薄片之功能。 此時,在貼附有第一複合薄片(α1)之狀態下進行晶圓11的背面11b之研削時,第一支持薄片(Y1)發揮作為背面研磨薄片之功能,可容易實施背面研磨步驟。Here, the first supporting sheet (Y1) of the first composite sheet (α1) preferably has the functions of supporting the first curable resin (x1) and serving as a back grinding sheet. At this time, when the back side 11b of the wafer 11 is ground with the first composite sheet (α1) attached, the first supporting sheet (Y1) functions as a back grinding sheet, and the back grinding step can be easily performed.

[步驟(S3)、步驟(S4)及步驟(S-BG)] 藉由至上述步驟(S2)為止之步驟,形成將第一複合薄片(α1)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓10而層合之層合體。該層合體較佳係因應步驟(S-BG)的實施時機,被供給至以下說明之第一實施形態~第四實施形態的任一者的步驟。 以下,針對第一實施形態~第四實施形態,邊摻雜關於實施步驟(S-BG)之時機的說明,邊說明步驟(S3)及步驟(S4)。[Step (S3), Step (S4) and Step (S-BG)] Through the steps up to the above-mentioned step (S2), a laminated body is formed by attaching the first composite sheet (α1) to the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10. The laminated body is preferably supplied to any one of the first to fourth embodiments described below in accordance with the timing of implementing the step (S-BG). Hereinafter, with respect to the first to fourth embodiments, the description of the timing of implementing the step (S-BG) is mixed, while explaining the step (S3) and the step (S4).

<第一實施形態> 於第一實施形態,如圖7所示般,在步驟(S2)之後且在步驟(S3)之前進行步驟(S-BG)。 將關於第一實施形態之概略圖表示於圖11。<First Implementation Form> In the first implementation form, as shown in FIG7 , step (S-BG) is performed after step (S2) and before step (S3). A schematic diagram of the first implementation form is shown in FIG11 .

(第一實施形態:步驟(S-BG)) 於第一實施形態,首先,實施步驟(S-BG)。具體來說,如圖11的(1-a)所示般,在貼附有第一複合薄片(α1)之狀態下,研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b。圖11中的「BG」意指背面研磨,在之後的圖面中亦相同。接著,如圖11的(1-b)所示般,從第一複合薄片(α1)剝離第一支持薄片(Y1)。 研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b時的研削量,只要是至少半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的溝部13之底部露出的量即可,但也可更進一步進行研削,使埋入至溝部13的第一硬化性樹脂(x1)亦與半導體晶片製作用晶圓10一併研削。 於第一實施形態,由於在實施步驟(S3)之前剝離第一支持薄片(Y1),故即使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)為熱硬化性樹脂,且於步驟(S3)中實施用於硬化的加熱處理的情況,第一支持薄片(Y1)亦不要求耐熱性。因此,第一支持薄片(Y1)的設計自由度提升。(First embodiment: step (S-BG)) In the first embodiment, first, step (S-BG) is performed. Specifically, as shown in (1-a) of FIG. 11 , the back side 11b of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 is ground while the first composite sheet (α1) is attached. "BG" in FIG. 11 means back side grinding, which is also the same in the subsequent drawings. Then, as shown in (1-b) of FIG. 11 , the first supporting sheet (Y1) is peeled off from the first composite sheet (α1). The grinding amount when grinding the back side 11b of the semiconductor chip wafer 10 is sufficient as long as at least the bottom of the groove 13 of the semiconductor chip wafer 10 is exposed, but the grinding may be further performed so that the first curable resin (x1) embedded in the groove 13 is also ground together with the semiconductor chip wafer 10. In the first embodiment, since the first support sheet (Y1) is peeled off before the step (S3) is implemented, even if the first curable resin (x1) is a thermosetting resin and a heat treatment is applied for curing in the step (S3), the first support sheet (Y1) is not required to have heat resistance. Therefore, the design freedom of the first support sheet (Y1) is improved.

(第一實施形態:步驟(S3)) 在實施步驟(S-BG)之後,實施步驟(S3)。具體來說,如圖11的(1-c)所示般,使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)硬化,得到附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10。 藉由硬化第一硬化性樹脂(x1)所形成之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)係在常溫中,相較於第一硬化性樹脂(x1)更牢固。因此,藉由形成第一硬化樹脂膜(r1),可良好地保護凸塊頸部。又,如圖11的(1-d)所示之步驟(S4)中,藉由將附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10單片化,可得到側面亦被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片,能得到強度優異之半導體晶片。並且,亦抑制作為保護膜之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)剝落。(First embodiment: step (S3)) After performing step (S-BG), perform step (S3). Specifically, as shown in (1-c) of FIG. 11, the first curable resin (x1) is cured to obtain a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 with a first curable resin film (r1). The first curable resin film (r1) formed by curing the first curable resin (x1) is stronger than the first curable resin (x1) at room temperature. Therefore, by forming the first curable resin film (r1), the bump neck can be well protected. Furthermore, in step (S4) shown in (1-d) of FIG. 11, by singulating the semiconductor wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1) into wafers 10, a semiconductor wafer whose side surface is also covered by the first hardened resin film (r1) can be obtained, and a semiconductor wafer with excellent strength can be obtained. In addition, the first hardened resin film (r1) as a protective film is also prevented from peeling off.

(第一實施形態:硬化方法) 第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的硬化係可因應第一硬化性樹脂(x1)中所含之硬化性成分的種類,藉由熱硬化及能量線照射之硬化的任一者來進行。 作為進行熱硬化時的條件,硬化溫度較佳為100~200℃,更佳為110~170℃,特佳為120~150℃。並且,前述熱硬化時的加熱時間較佳為0.5~5小時,更佳為0.5~4小時,特佳為1~3小時。 作為進行能量線照射之硬化時的條件,可依據使用之能量線的種類而適宜設定,例如,使用紫外線的情況下,照度較佳為180~280mW/cm2 ,光量較佳為450~1000mJ/cm2 。 此處,使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)硬化而形成第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的過程中,就去除在步驟(S2)中以第一硬化性樹脂(x1)埋入溝部13時會進入之氣泡等的觀點而言,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)較佳為熱硬化性樹脂。亦即,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)為熱硬化性樹脂的情況下,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)藉由加熱而流動性暫時的提高,並且藉由繼續加熱而硬化。藉由利用此現象,當第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的流動性變高時,能夠去除以第一硬化性樹脂(x1)埋入溝部13時會進入之氣泡等,可使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)對溝部13的埋入性成為更良好的狀態下,硬化第一硬化性樹脂(x1)。 又,就縮短硬化時間的觀點來看,第一硬化性樹脂(x1)較佳為能量線硬化性樹脂。 另外,在之後說明關於用於形成第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之第一硬化性樹脂(x1)的細節。(First embodiment: curing method) The curing of the first curable resin (x1) can be performed by either heat curing or energy ray irradiation curing, depending on the type of curable component contained in the first curable resin (x1). As a condition for heat curing, the curing temperature is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 110 to 170°C, and particularly preferably 120 to 150°C. In addition, the heating time during the heat curing is preferably 0.5 to 5 hours, more preferably 0.5 to 4 hours, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 hours. The conditions for curing by energy ray irradiation can be appropriately set according to the type of energy ray used. For example, when ultraviolet rays are used, the illumination is preferably 180-280 mW/cm 2 and the light quantity is preferably 450-1000 mJ/cm 2 . In the process of curing the first curable resin (x1) to form the first curable resin film (r1), from the viewpoint of removing bubbles that may enter when the first curable resin (x1) is embedded in the groove 13 in step (S2), the first curable resin (x1) is preferably a thermosetting resin. That is, when the first curable resin (x1) is a thermosetting resin, the fluidity of the first curable resin (x1) is temporarily improved by heating, and the first curable resin (x1) is cured by continuing to heat. By utilizing this phenomenon, when the fluidity of the first curable resin (x1) becomes higher, bubbles that enter when the first curable resin (x1) is embedded in the groove 13 can be removed, and the first curable resin (x1) can be cured in a state where the embedding property of the first curable resin (x1) in the groove 13 becomes better. In addition, from the viewpoint of shortening the curing time, the first curable resin (x1) is preferably an energy ray curable resin. In addition, the details of the first curable resin (x1) used for forming the first curable resin film (r1) will be described later.

(第一實施形態:步驟(S4)) 在實施步驟(S3)之後,實施步驟(S4)。具體來說,如圖11的(1-d)所示般,將附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於溝部的部分,沿著分割預定線切斷。 切斷係可採用刀片切割或雷射切割等以往公知的方法來適宜實施。 藉此,可得到至少凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片40。 半導體晶片40係因凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆,故具有優異的強度。又,凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)無縫隙地連續被覆,因此凸塊形成面11a與第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的接合面(界面)在半導體晶片40的側面中並未露出。凸塊形成面11a與第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的接合面(界面)中,在半導體晶片40的側面中露出之露出部,易成為膜剝離的起點。本發明之半導體晶片40並不存在此露出部,因此將半導體晶片製作用晶圓10切斷而製造半導體晶片40的過程、或在製造後,不易產生自該露出部的膜剝離。因此,可得到作為保護膜之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的剝離經抑制之半導體晶片40。(First embodiment: step (S4)) After performing step (S3), perform step (S4). Specifically, as shown in (1-d) of FIG. 11, the semiconductor chip with the first hardened resin film (r1) is made by cutting the portion formed in the groove of the first hardened resin film (r1) of the wafer 10 along the predetermined dividing line. The cutting can be appropriately performed by a conventionally known method such as blade cutting or laser cutting. Thereby, a semiconductor chip 40 can be obtained in which at least the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are covered with the first hardened resin film (r1). Since the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are covered with the first hardened resin film (r1), the semiconductor chip 40 has excellent strength. Furthermore, the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are continuously covered by the first hardened resin film (r1) without gaps, so the bonding surface (interface) between the bump forming surface 11a and the first hardened resin film (r1) is not exposed on the side surface of the semiconductor chip 40. The exposed portion exposed on the side surface of the semiconductor chip 40 in the bonding surface (interface) between the bump forming surface 11a and the first hardened resin film (r1) is likely to become a starting point for film peeling. The semiconductor chip 40 of the present invention does not have such an exposed portion, so film peeling from the exposed portion is not likely to occur during the process of manufacturing the semiconductor chip 40 by cutting the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 or after manufacturing. Therefore, a semiconductor chip 40 in which peeling of the first hardened resin film (r1) serving as a protective film is suppressed can be obtained.

另外,於步驟(S4)中,將附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於溝部的部分,沿著分割預定線切斷時,第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)較佳為透明。藉由第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)為透明,可以透過而看到半導體晶圓11,故能夠確保分割預定線的可見性。因此,易於沿著分割預定線予以切斷。In addition, in step (S4), when the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor wafer 10 with the first hardened resin film (r1) is cut along the predetermined dividing line, the first hardened resin film (r1) is preferably transparent. Since the first hardened resin film (r1) is transparent, the semiconductor wafer 11 can be seen through it, so that the visibility of the predetermined dividing line can be ensured. Therefore, it is easy to cut along the predetermined dividing line.

<第二實施形態> 於第二實施形態,如圖4所示般,在步驟(S3)之後且在步驟(S4)之前進行步驟(S-BG)。 將關於第二實施形態之概略圖表示於圖6。<Second Implementation Form> In the second implementation form, as shown in FIG4 , step (S-BG) is performed after step (S3) and before step (S4). A schematic diagram of the second implementation form is shown in FIG6 .

(第二實施形態:步驟(S3)) 於第二實施形態,首先,實施步驟(S3)。具體來說,如圖12的(2-a)所示般,在貼附有第一複合薄片(α1)之狀態下 使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)硬化,得到附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10。 藉由硬化第一硬化性樹脂(x1)所形成之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)係在常溫中,相較於第一硬化性樹脂(x1)更牢固。因此,藉由形成第一硬化樹脂膜(r1),可良好地保護凸塊頸部。又,於步驟(S4)中,藉由將附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10單片化,可得到側面亦被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片,能得到強度優異之半導體晶片。並且,亦抑制作為保護膜之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)剝落。 硬化方法可列舉與在第一實施形態中說明之硬化方法相同的方法。 藉由未剝離第一支持薄片(Y1)進行熱硬化處理,在熱硬化時由第一支持薄片(Y1),可抑制硬化第一硬化性樹脂(x1)時暫時產生的第一硬化性樹脂(x1)表面的流動,可提升凸塊形成面中之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的平坦性。又,在研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b前,藉由硬化第一硬化性樹脂(x1),可抑制半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的翹曲。(Second embodiment: step (S3)) In the second embodiment, first, step (S3) is performed. Specifically, as shown in (2-a) of FIG. 12, the first curable resin (x1) is cured in a state where the first composite sheet (α1) is attached, and a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 with a first curable resin film (r1) is obtained. The first curable resin film (r1) formed by curing the first curable resin (x1) is stronger than the first curable resin (x1) at room temperature. Therefore, by forming the first curable resin film (r1), the bump neck can be well protected. Furthermore, in step (S4), by singulating the semiconductor chip with the first curing resin film (r1) into the wafer 10, a semiconductor chip whose side is also covered by the first curing resin film (r1) can be obtained, and a semiconductor chip with excellent strength can be obtained. In addition, the first curing resin film (r1) as a protective film is also suppressed from peeling off. The curing method can be the same method as the curing method described in the first embodiment. By performing the heat curing treatment without peeling off the first supporting sheet (Y1), the first supporting sheet (Y1) can suppress the flow of the surface of the first curing resin (x1) temporarily generated when curing the first curing resin (x1) during the heat curing, and the flatness of the first curing resin film (r1) in the bump forming surface can be improved. Furthermore, by curing the first curable resin (x1) before grinding the back surface 11b of the semiconductor wafer manufacturing wafer 10, warping of the semiconductor wafer manufacturing wafer 10 can be suppressed.

(第二實施形態:步驟(S-BG)) 在實施步驟(S3)之後,實施步驟(S-BG)。如圖12的(2-b)所示般,在貼附有第一複合薄片(α1)之狀態下,研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b。 另外,研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b時的研削量,只要是至少半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的溝部13之底部露出的量即可,但也可更進一步進行研削,使埋入至溝部13的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)亦與半導體晶片製作用晶圓10一併研削。 接著,如圖12的(2-c)所示般,從第一複合薄片(α1)剝離第一支持薄片(Y1)。(Second embodiment: step (S-BG)) After step (S3), step (S-BG) is performed. As shown in (2-b) of FIG. 12, the back side 11b of the semiconductor chip working wafer 10 is ground while the first composite sheet (α1) is attached. In addition, the grinding amount when grinding the back side 11b of the semiconductor chip working wafer 10 is sufficient as long as at least the bottom of the groove 13 of the semiconductor chip working wafer 10 is exposed, but the grinding may be further performed so that the first hardened resin film (r1) embedded in the groove 13 is also ground together with the semiconductor chip working wafer 10. Next, as shown in (2-c) of FIG. 12, the first supporting sheet (Y1) is peeled off from the first composite sheet (α1).

(第二實施形態:步驟(S4)) 在實施步驟(S-BG)之後,與第一實施形態相同,實施步驟(S4)。具體來說,如圖12的(2-d)所示般,將附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於溝部的部分,沿著分割預定線切斷。 切斷係可採用刀片切割或雷射切割等以往公知的方法來適宜實施。 藉此,可得到至少凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片40。 半導體晶片40係因凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆,故具有優異的強度。又,依據已說明之理由,可得到作為保護膜之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的剝離經抑制之半導體晶片40。(Second embodiment: step (S4)) After performing step (S-BG), perform step (S4) in the same manner as in the first embodiment. Specifically, as shown in (2-d) of FIG. 12, the semiconductor chip with the first hardened resin film (r1) is made by cutting the portion of the first hardened resin film (r1) formed in the groove of the wafer 10 along the predetermined dividing line. The cutting can be appropriately performed by a conventionally known method such as blade cutting or laser cutting. Thereby, a semiconductor chip 40 can be obtained in which at least the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are covered with the first hardened resin film (r1). The semiconductor chip 40 has excellent strength because the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are covered with the first hardened resin film (r1). In addition, for the reasons already described, the semiconductor chip 40 can be obtained in which the peeling of the first hardened resin film (r1) as a protective film is suppressed.

<第三實施形態> 於第三實施形態,如圖4所示般,在步驟(S3)之後且在步驟(S4)之前進行步驟(S-BG)的方面,係與第二實施形態共通。但是,在另外使用背面研磨薄片(b-BG)的方面,與第二實施形態不同。 將關於第三實施形態之概略圖表示於圖13。<Third embodiment> In the third embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4 , the step (S-BG) is performed after the step (S3) and before the step (S4), which is the same as the second embodiment. However, the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is used separately, which is different from the second embodiment. A schematic diagram of the third embodiment is shown in FIG. 13 .

(第三實施形態:步驟(S3)) 於第三實施形態,首先,進行步驟(S3),但在其之前,如圖13的(3-a)所示般,從第一複合薄片(α1)剝離第一支持薄片(Y1)。之後,實施步驟(S3)。具體來說,如圖13的(3-b)所示般, 使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)硬化,得到附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10。 硬化方法可列舉與在第一實施形態中說明之硬化方法相同的方法。 由於在實施步驟(S3)之前剝離第一支持薄片(Y1),故即使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)為熱硬化性樹脂,且於步驟(S3)中實施用於硬化的加熱處理的情況,第一支持薄片(Y1)亦不要求耐熱性。因此,第一支持薄片(Y1)的設計自由度提升。 又,在研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b前,藉由硬化第一硬化性樹脂(x1),可抑制半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的翹曲。(Third embodiment: step (S3)) In the third embodiment, first, step (S3) is performed, but before that, as shown in (3-a) of FIG. 13, the first supporting sheet (Y1) is peeled off from the first composite sheet (α1). Thereafter, step (S3) is performed. Specifically, as shown in (3-b) of FIG. 13, the first curable resin (x1) is cured to obtain a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 with a first curable resin film (r1). The curing method can be the same method as the curing method described in the first embodiment. Since the first support sheet (Y1) is peeled off before the step (S3) is performed, even if the first curable resin (x1) is a thermosetting resin and a heat treatment is performed for curing in the step (S3), the first support sheet (Y1) is not required to be heat resistant. Therefore, the design freedom of the first support sheet (Y1) is improved. In addition, by curing the first curable resin (x1) before grinding the back side 11b of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10, the warping of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 can be suppressed.

(第三實施形態:步驟(S-BG)) 在實施步驟(S3)之後,實施步驟(S-BG)。具體來說,如圖13的(3-c)所示般,將背面研磨薄片(b-BG)貼附至附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之表面。接著,如圖13的(3-d)所示般,在貼附有背面研磨薄片(b-BG)之狀態下,研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b之後,如圖13的(3-e)所示般,從附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10剝離背面研磨薄片(b-BG)。 由於在步驟(S3)中未使用背面研磨薄片(b-BG),故即使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)為熱硬化性樹脂,且於步驟(S3)中實施用於硬化的加熱處理的情況,背面研磨薄片(b-BG)亦不要求耐熱性。因此,背面研磨薄片(b-BG)的設計自由度提升。 另外,研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b時的研削量,只要是至少半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的溝部13之底部露出的量即可,但也可更進一步進行研削,使埋入至溝部13的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)亦與半導體晶片製作用晶圓10一併研削。(Third embodiment: step (S-BG)) After performing step (S3), perform step (S-BG). Specifically, as shown in (3-c) of FIG. 13, a back grinding sheet (b-BG) is attached to the surface of the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor wafer 10 with the first hardened resin film (r1). Then, as shown in (3-d) of FIG. 13, after grinding the back side 11b of the semiconductor wafer 10 with the back grinding sheet (b-BG) attached, as shown in (3-e) of FIG. 13, the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is peeled off from the semiconductor wafer 10 with the first hardened resin film (r1). Since the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is not used in step (S3), even if the first curable resin (x1) is a thermosetting resin and a heat treatment is applied for curing in step (S3), the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is not required to have heat resistance. Therefore, the design freedom of the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is improved. In addition, the grinding amount when grinding the back side 11b of the semiconductor chip working wafer 10 is sufficient as long as at least the bottom of the groove 13 of the semiconductor chip working wafer 10 is exposed, but it is also possible to further grind so that the first curing resin film (r1) buried in the groove 13 is also ground together with the semiconductor chip working wafer 10.

(第三實施形態:步驟(S4)) 在實施步驟(S-BG)之後,與第一實施形態及第二實施形態相同,實施步驟(S4)。具體來說,如圖13的(3-f)所示般,將附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於溝部的部分,沿著分割預定線切斷。 切斷係可採用刀片切割或雷射切割等以往公知的方法來適宜實施。 藉此,可得到至少凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片40。 半導體晶片40係因凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆,故具有優異的強度。又,依據已說明之理由,可得到作為保護膜之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的剝離經抑制之半導體晶片40。(Third embodiment: step (S4)) After the step (S-BG) is performed, the step (S4) is performed in the same manner as in the first and second embodiments. Specifically, as shown in (3-f) of FIG. 13, the semiconductor chip with the first hardened resin film (r1) is made by cutting the portion formed in the groove of the first hardened resin film (r1) of the wafer 10 along the predetermined dividing line. The cutting can be appropriately performed by a conventionally known method such as blade cutting or laser cutting. Thereby, a semiconductor chip 40 can be obtained in which at least the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are covered with the first hardened resin film (r1). The semiconductor chip 40 has excellent strength because the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are covered with the first hardened resin film (r1). In addition, for the reasons already described, the semiconductor chip 40 can be obtained in which the peeling of the first hardened resin film (r1) as a protective film is suppressed.

<第四實施形態> 於第四實施形態,如圖4所示般,步驟(S-BG)係於步驟(S4)中進行。 將關於第四實施形態之概略圖表示於圖14。<Fourth Implementation Form> In the fourth implementation form, as shown in FIG. 4 , step (S-BG) is performed in step (S4). A schematic diagram of the fourth implementation form is shown in FIG. 14 .

(第四實施形態:步驟(S3)) 於第四實施形態,首先,進行步驟(S3),但在其之前,如圖14的(4-a)所示般,從第一複合薄片(α1)剝離第一支持薄片(Y1)。之後,實施步驟(S3)。具體來說,如圖14的(4-b)所示般,使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)硬化,得到附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10。 硬化方法可列舉與在第一實施形態中說明之硬化方法相同的方法。 由於在實施步驟(S3)之前剝離第一支持薄片(Y1),故即使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)為熱硬化性樹脂,且於步驟(S3)中實施用於硬化的加熱處理的情況,第一支持薄片(Y1)亦不要求耐熱性。因此,第一支持薄片(Y1)的設計自由度提升。 又,在研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b前,藉由硬化第一硬化性樹脂(x1),可抑制半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的翹曲。(Fourth embodiment: step (S3)) In the fourth embodiment, first, step (S3) is performed, but before that, as shown in (4-a) of FIG. 14, the first supporting sheet (Y1) is peeled off from the first composite sheet (α1). Thereafter, step (S3) is performed. Specifically, as shown in (4-b) of FIG. 14, the first curable resin (x1) is cured to obtain a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 with a first curable resin film (r1). The curing method can be the same method as the curing method described in the first embodiment. Since the first support sheet (Y1) is peeled off before the step (S3) is performed, even if the first curable resin (x1) is a thermosetting resin and a heat treatment is performed for curing in the step (S3), the first support sheet (Y1) is not required to be heat resistant. Therefore, the design freedom of the first support sheet (Y1) is improved. In addition, by curing the first curable resin (x1) before grinding the back side 11b of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10, the warping of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 can be suppressed.

(第四實施形態:包含步驟(S-BG)的步驟(S4)) 在實施步驟(S3)之後,如圖14的(4-c)所示般,於附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於溝部13的部分,沿著分割預定線切入切口。就易於進行單片化的觀點而言,切口的深度較佳設為到達溝部13之最深部的深度。藉此,後述之步驟(S-BG)中,沿著該切口而附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10被單片化。 或者,雖於圖示省略,亦可於附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於溝部13的部分,沿著分割預定線形成改質區域。改質區域係可藉由雷射或電漿處理等而形成。藉此,後述之步驟(S-BG)中,以該改質區域為起點產生龜裂,沿著該改質區域而附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10被單片化。 接著,實施步驟(S-BG)。具體來說,如圖14的(4-d)所示般,將背面研磨薄片(b-BG)貼附至附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之表面。接著,如圖14的(4-e)所示般,在貼附有背面研磨薄片(b-BG)之狀態下,研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b。最後,如圖14的(4-f)所示般,從附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓10剝離背面研磨薄片(b-BG)。 藉此,可得到至少凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片40。 另外,研削半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的背面11b時的研削量,只要是至少半導體晶片製作用晶圓10的溝部13之底部露出的量即可,但也可更進一步進行研削,使埋入至溝部13的第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)亦與半導體晶片製作用晶圓10一併研削。 半導體晶片40係因凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆,故具有優異的強度。 另外,由於在步驟(S3)中未使用背面研磨薄片(b-BG),故即使第一硬化性樹脂(x1)為熱硬化性樹脂,且於步驟(S3)中實施用於硬化的加熱處理的情況,背面研磨薄片(b-BG)亦不要求耐熱性。因此,背面研磨薄片(b-BG)的設計自由度提升。(Fourth embodiment: step (S4) including step (S-BG)) After step (S3) is implemented, as shown in (4-c) of FIG. 14, a cut is made along the predetermined dividing line in the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 with the first hardened resin film (r1) formed in the portion of the groove 13. From the perspective of facilitating singulation, the depth of the cut is preferably set to a depth that reaches the deepest part of the groove 13. Thus, in the step (S-BG) described later, the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer 10 with the first hardened resin film (r1) is singulated along the cut. Alternatively, although omitted in the figure, a modified region may be formed along the predetermined dividing line in the portion of the groove 13 formed in the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor chip working wafer 10 with the first hardened resin film (r1). The modified region may be formed by laser or plasma processing, etc. Thus, in the step (S-BG) described later, cracks are generated starting from the modified region, and the semiconductor chip working wafer 10 with the first hardened resin film (r1) is singulated along the modified region. Then, step (S-BG) is performed. Specifically, as shown in (4-d) of FIG. 14, a back grinding sheet (b-BG) is attached to the surface of the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor wafer 10 with the first hardened resin film (r1). Then, as shown in (4-e) of FIG. 14, the back side 11b of the semiconductor wafer 10 is ground while the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is attached. Finally, as shown in (4-f) of FIG. 14, the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is peeled off from the semiconductor wafer 10 with the first hardened resin film (r1). Thereby, a semiconductor wafer 40 in which at least the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are covered with the first hardened resin film (r1) can be obtained. In addition, the grinding amount when grinding the back side 11b of the semiconductor chip wafer 10 is at least the amount of the bottom of the groove 13 of the semiconductor chip wafer 10 exposed, but it is also possible to grind further so that the first hardened resin film (r1) embedded in the groove 13 is also ground together with the semiconductor chip wafer 10. The semiconductor chip 40 has excellent strength because the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are covered with the first hardened resin film (r1). In addition, since the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is not used in step (S3), even if the first hardening resin (x1) is a thermosetting resin and a heat treatment is applied for hardening in step (S3), the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is not required to have heat resistance. Therefore, the design freedom of the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is improved.

此處,於第一實施形態至第四實施形態,在步驟(S-BG)中,舉出使用第一支持薄片(Y1)或背面研磨薄片(b-BG)的態樣來進行說明,但於本發明之一態樣中,可替代第一支持薄片(Y1)或背面研磨薄片(b-BG),形成背面研磨用之樹脂層(Z1)。 具體來說,可藉由使用具有流動性的樹脂(z1),在被覆第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之表面並且一併被覆自第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)露出之凸塊後,使樹脂(z1)硬化,形成背面研磨用的樹脂層(Z1),而作為背面研磨薄片之替代來進行研削步驟。 另外,以樹脂(z1)被覆第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之表面與自第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)露出之凸塊時,藉由介隔具有能追隨凸塊凹凸之柔軟性的樹脂薄膜(z2)而進行被覆,在步驟(S-BG)後可容易剝離不需要之背面研磨用之樹脂層(Z1)。Here, in the first to fourth embodiments, in step (S-BG), the first support sheet (Y1) or the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is used for explanation, but in one embodiment of the present invention, the first support sheet (Y1) or the back grinding sheet (b-BG) can be replaced to form a resin layer (Z1) for back grinding. Specifically, a resin (z1) having fluidity can be used to coat the surface of the first hardened resin film (r1) and the bumps exposed from the first hardened resin film (r1), and then the resin (z1) can be hardened to form a resin layer (Z1) for back grinding, and the grinding step can be performed as a substitute for the back grinding sheet. In addition, when the surface of the first hardened resin film (r1) and the bumps exposed from the first hardened resin film (r1) are coated with the resin (z1), the coating is performed via a flexible resin film (z2) that can follow the unevenness of the bumps. After the step (S-BG), the unnecessary resin layer (Z1) for back grinding can be easily peeled off.

[步驟(T)] 於本發明的半導體晶片之製造方法之一態樣,較佳為進而包含下述步驟(T)。 ・步驟(T):於前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面,形成第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)的步驟[Step (T)] In one aspect of the semiconductor chip manufacturing method of the present invention, it is preferred to further include the following step (T). ・Step (T): A step of forming a second hardened resin film (r2) on the aforementioned back side of the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer

藉由上述實施形態之製造方法,可得到至少凸塊形成面11a及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片40。但是,半導體晶片40的背面露出。因此,就保護半導體晶片40的背面使半導體晶片40的強度更提升的觀點而言,較佳為實施上述步驟(T)。By the manufacturing method of the above-mentioned embodiment, a semiconductor chip 40 can be obtained in which at least the bump forming surface 11a and the side surface are covered with the first hardened resin film (r1). However, the back surface of the semiconductor chip 40 is exposed. Therefore, from the perspective of protecting the back surface of the semiconductor chip 40 and further improving the strength of the semiconductor chip 40, it is preferable to implement the above-mentioned step (T).

更詳言之,上述步驟(T)較佳依序包含下述步驟(T1)~下述步驟(T2)。 ・步驟(T1):將第二硬化性樹脂(x2)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓之背面的步驟 ・步驟(T2):使第二硬化性樹脂(x2)硬化,形成第二硬化性樹脂膜(r2)的步驟 又,於步驟(T1)中,較佳為使用具有層合第二支持薄片(Y2)與第二硬化性樹脂(x2)之層(X2)而成之層合構造的第二層合體(α2)。詳言之,步驟(T1)較佳為將具有層合第二支持薄片(Y2)與第二硬化性樹脂(x2)之層(X2)而成之層合構造的第二層合體(α2),以前述層(X2)作為貼附面貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓之背面的步驟。 此時,從第二層合體(α2)剝離第二支持薄片(Y2)的時機,可為步驟(T1)與步驟(T2)之間,亦可為步驟(T2)之後。In more detail, the above step (T) preferably includes the following steps (T1) to (T2) in sequence. ・Step (T1): a step of attaching the second curable resin (x2) to the back side of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer ・Step (T2): a step of curing the second curable resin (x2) to form a second curable resin film (r2) In addition, in step (T1), it is preferred to use a second laminate (α2) having a laminated structure formed by laminating a second support sheet (Y2) and a layer (X2) of the second curable resin (x2). In detail, step (T1) is preferably a step of attaching the second laminate (α2) having a laminate structure formed by laminating a second support sheet (Y2) and a second curable resin (x2) to the back side of a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the aforementioned layer (X2) as an attachment surface. At this time, the timing of peeling off the second support sheet (Y2) from the second laminate (α2) may be between step (T1) and step (T2) or after step (T2).

此處,於步驟(T1)中使用第二層合體(α2)的情況下,第二複合薄片(α2)所具有之第二支持薄片(Y2)較佳為兼具支持第二硬化性樹脂(x2)及作為切割薄片之功能。 在第一實施形態至第三實施形態之製造方法的情況下,於步驟(S4)中藉由將第二複合薄片(α2)貼附至附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶圓10的背面11b,在進行利用切割之單片化時,第二支持薄片(Y2)發揮作為切割薄片之功能,可容易實施切割。Here, when the second composite body (α2) is used in step (T1), the second supporting sheet (Y2) of the second composite sheet (α2) preferably has the functions of supporting the second curable resin (x2) and serving as a cutting sheet. In the case of the manufacturing method of the first to third embodiments, in step (S4), by attaching the second composite sheet (α2) to the back side 11b of the semiconductor wafer 10 with the first curing resin film (r1), when singulation by cutting is performed, the second supporting sheet (Y2) functions as a cutting sheet, and cutting can be easily performed.

此處,如第一實施形態之製造方法般,在步驟(S-BG)後實施步驟(S3)的情況下,於實施步驟(S3)之前實施上述步驟(T1),接著,可使步驟(S3)與步驟(T2)同時進行。亦即,可將第一硬化性樹脂(x1)與第二硬化性樹脂(x2)一起同時硬化。藉此,能夠減低硬化處理的次數。Here, as in the manufacturing method of the first embodiment, when step (S3) is performed after step (S-BG), step (T1) is performed before step (S3), and then step (S3) and step (T2) can be performed simultaneously. That is, the first curable resin (x1) and the second curable resin (x2) can be cured simultaneously. In this way, the number of curing treatments can be reduced.

具體來說,於第一實施形態至第三實施形態之製造方法中,步驟(T)依序包含下述步驟(T1-1)及下述步驟(T1-2), ・步驟(T1-1):在步驟(S-BG)之後且在步驟(S4)之前,將第二硬化性樹脂(x2)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓之背面的步驟 ・步驟(T1-2):在步驟(S4)之前或後,使第二硬化性樹脂(x2)硬化,形成第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)的步驟 於步驟(S4)中,較佳為將附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於溝部的部分,沿著分割預定線切斷時,亦將第二硬化性樹脂(x2)或第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)一起切斷。 又,於第四實施形態之製造方法中,步驟(T)依序包含下述步驟(T2-1)及下述步驟(T2-2), ・步驟(T2-1):在步驟(S-BG)之後且在步驟(S4)之後,在貼附有背面研磨薄片(b-BG)之狀態,直接將第二硬化性樹脂(x2)貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓之背面的步驟 ・步驟(T2-2):將第二硬化性樹脂(x2)進行硬化,形成第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)的步驟 進而,步驟(T)較佳係在步驟(T2-2)之前或後,包含下述步驟(T2-3)。 ・步驟(T2-3):沿著切口將第二硬化性樹脂層(x2)或第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)分割的步驟Specifically, in the manufacturing method of the first embodiment to the third embodiment, step (T) includes the following step (T1-1) and the following step (T1-2) in sequence, ・Step (T1-1): After step (S-BG) and before step (S4), a step of attaching the second curable resin (x2) to the back side of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer ・Step (T1-2): After step (S4 ) before or after the second hardening resin (x2) is hardened to form a second hardening resin film (r2) In step (S4), it is preferred that when the portion of the first hardening resin film (r1) formed in the groove of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first hardening resin film (r1) is cut along the predetermined dividing line, the second hardening resin (x2) or the second hardening resin film (r2) is also cut together. Furthermore, in the manufacturing method of the fourth embodiment, step (T) includes the following step (T2-1) and the following step (T2-2) in sequence, •Step (T2-1): After step (S-BG) and after step (S4), directly attaching the second curable resin (x2) to the back side of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer in a state where the back grinding sheet (b-BG) is attached •Step (T2-2): Curing the second curable resin (x2) to form a second curable resin film (r2) Furthermore, step (T) preferably includes the following step (T2-3) before or after step (T2-2). ・Step (T2-3): A step of dividing the second hardening resin layer (x2) or the second hardening resin film (r2) along the cut

[其他步驟] 於本發明的半導體晶片之製造方法之一態樣,在不脫離本發明之主旨的範圍,可含有其他步驟。 作為此般處理,例如可列舉,對於保護膜(第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)形成後之凸塊形成面的溼蝕刻處理或乾蝕刻處理等。 [實施例][Other Steps] An aspect of the semiconductor chip manufacturing method of the present invention may include other steps without departing from the scope of the present invention. As such treatment, for example, wet etching treatment or dry etching treatment of the bump formation surface after the protective film (first hardened resin film (r1) is formed can be listed. [Example]

針對本發明,藉由以下實施例進行具體說明,但本發明並不限定於以下實施例。The present invention is specifically described by the following embodiments, but the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments.

1.第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)之製造原料 將製造第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)所使用的原料示於以下。1. Raw materials for producing the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) The raw materials used for producing the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) are shown below.

(1)聚合物成分(A) (A)-1:具有下述式(i)-1、(i)-2及(i)-3所示之構成單元的聚乙烯醇縮丁醛(積水化學工業公司製「S-LEC BL-10」,重量平均分子量25000,玻璃轉移溫度59℃)。 (A)-2:將丙烯酸丁酯(55質量份)、丙烯酸甲酯(10質量份)、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(20質量份)及丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯(15質量份)共聚合而得之丙烯酸樹脂(重量平均分子量800,000,玻璃轉移溫度-28℃)。 (式中,l1 為約28,m1 為1~3,n1 為68~74之整數。)(1) Polymer component (A) (A)-1: Polyvinyl butyral ("S-LEC BL-10" manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Industries, Ltd., weight average molecular weight 25,000, glass transition temperature 59°C) having structural units represented by the following formulae (i)-1, (i)-2 and (i)-3. (A)-2: Acrylic resin (weight average molecular weight 800,000, glass transition temperature -28°C) obtained by copolymerizing butyl acrylate (55 parts by mass), methyl acrylate (10 parts by mass), glycidyl methacrylate (20 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (15 parts by mass). (In the formula, l 1 is approximately 28, m 1 is 1 to 3, and n 1 is an integer between 68 and 74.)

(2)環氧樹脂(B1) (B1)-1:液狀改質雙酚A型環氧樹脂(DIC股份有限公司製「EPICLON EXA-4850-150」,分子量900,環氧當量450g/eq) (B1)-2:液狀雙酚F型環氧樹脂(三菱化學股份有限公司製「YL983U」,環氧當量165~175g/eq) (B1)-3:多官能芳香族型環氧樹脂(日本化藥股份有限公司製「EPPN-502H」),環氧當量158~178g/eq) (B1)-4:二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂(DIC股份有限公司製「EPICLON HP-7200HH」,環氧當量254~264g/eq)(2) Epoxy resin (B1) (B1)-1: Liquid modified bisphenol A type epoxy resin ("EPICLON EXA-4850-150" manufactured by DIC Corporation, molecular weight 900, epoxy equivalent 450 g/eq) (B1)-2: Liquid bisphenol F type epoxy resin ("YL983U" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent 165~175 g/eq) (B1)-3: Polyfunctional aromatic type epoxy resin ("EPPN-502H" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), epoxy equivalent 158~178 g/eq) (B1)-4: Dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin ("EPICLON HP-7200HH", epoxy equivalent 254~264g/eq)

(3)熱硬化劑(B2) (B2)-1:酚醛清漆型酚樹脂(昭和電工股份有限公司製「BRG-556」) (B2)-2:O-甲酚型酚醛清漆樹脂(DIC股份有限公司製「Phenolite KA-1160」)(3) Thermosetting agent (B2) (B2)-1: Novolac type phenolic resin ("BRG-556" manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) (B2)-2: O-cresol type novolac resin ("Phenolite KA-1160" manufactured by DIC Corporation)

(4)硬化促進劑(C) (C)-1:2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑(四國化成工業公司製「Curezol 2PHZ-PW」)(4) Curing accelerator (C) (C)-1: 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole ("Curezol 2PHZ-PW" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industries, Ltd.)

(5)填充劑(D) (D)-1:經環氧基修飾之球狀二氧化矽(Admatechs公司製「Admanano YA050C-MKK」,平均粒徑50nm)(5) Filler (D) (D)-1: Epoxy-modified spherical silica (Admanano YA050C-MKK manufactured by Admatechs, average particle size 50 nm)

(6)添加劑(I) (I)-1:界面活性劑(丙烯酸聚合物,BYK公司製「BYK-361N」) (I)-2:矽油(芳烷基改質矽油,Momentive Performance Materials Japan Inc.製「XF42-334」) (I)-3:流變控制劑(聚羥基羧酸酯,BYK公司製「BYK-R606」)(6) Additives (I) (I)-1: Surfactant (acrylic polymer, BYK "BYK-361N") (I)-2: Silicone oil (aralkyl modified silicone oil, Momentive Performance Materials Japan Inc. "XF42-334") (I)-3: Rheology control agent (polyhydroxycarboxylate, BYK "BYK-R606")

2.實施例1~2,比較例1~3 2-1.實施例1 (1)第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)之製造 藉由將聚合物成分(A)-1(100質量份)、環氧樹脂(B1)-1(350質量份)、環氧樹脂(B1)-4(270質量份)、(B2)-1(190質量份)、硬化促進劑(C)-1(2質量份)、填充劑(D)-1(90質量份)及添加劑(I)-3(9質量份),溶解或分散至甲基乙基酮,在23℃下進行攪拌,得到溶媒以外之全部成分的合計濃度為45質量%之熱硬化樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)。另外,此處所示之溶媒以外之成分的摻合量均為不包含溶媒之目標物的摻合量。2. Examples 1-2, Comparative Examples 1-3 2-1. Example 1 (1) Preparation of the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) By dissolving or dispersing the polymer component (A)-1 (100 parts by mass), epoxy resin (B1)-1 (350 parts by mass), epoxy resin (B1)-4 (270 parts by mass), (B2)-1 (190 parts by mass), curing accelerator (C)-1 (2 parts by mass), filler (D)-1 (90 parts by mass) and additive (I)-3 (9 parts by mass) in methyl ethyl ketone and stirring at 23°C, a thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) having a total concentration of all components other than the solvent of 45% by mass was obtained. In addition, the blending amounts of components other than the solvent shown here are all blending amounts of the target substance excluding the solvent.

(2)第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之製造 使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製薄膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行剝離處理而成之剝離薄膜(Lintec公司製「SP-PET381031」,厚度38μm),在其前述剝離處理面上塗佈上述所得之組成物(x1-1-1),以120℃進行2分鐘加熱乾燥,藉此形成厚度45μm之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)。(2) Preparation of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) A release film (SP-PET381031 manufactured by Lintec Corporation, 38 μm thick) was used in which one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film was subjected to a release treatment by polysilicon treatment. The composition (x1-1-1) obtained above was applied on the release-treated surface and dried by heating at 120°C for 2 minutes to form a first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) having a thickness of 45 μm.

2-2.實施例2,比較例1~3 第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)之含有成分的種類及含量係成為如後述之表1所示般,將第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)之製造時之摻合成分的種類及摻合量的任一者或兩者進行變更,除了此點以外,以與實施例1之情況相同的方法,形成厚度45μm的第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)。 另外,表1中之含有成分的欄之「-」的記載意指第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)不含有該成分。2-2. Example 2, Comparative Examples 1 to 3 The types and contents of the components contained in the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) are as shown in Table 1 described later. Except for changing one or both of the types and contents of the blending components during the production of the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1), a first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) having a thickness of 45 μm was formed in the same manner as in Example 1. In addition, the entry "-" in the column of the components contained in Table 1 means that the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) does not contain the component.

3.評估 3-1.第一複合薄片(α1)之製造 使用背面研磨膠帶(Lintec股份有限公司製「E-8510HR」)作為第一支持薄片(Y1),將該背面研磨膠帶與上述所得之實施例1~2、比較例1~3之剝離薄膜上的第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)分別進行貼合。藉此,得到層合第一支持薄片(Y1)與第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)而成之第一複合薄片(α1)。3. Evaluation 3-1. Production of the first composite sheet (α1) A back grinding tape ("E-8510HR" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.) was used as the first support sheet (Y1), and the back grinding tape was laminated to the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the release film of Examples 1~2 and Comparative Examples 1~3 obtained above. Thus, a first composite sheet (α1) formed by laminating the first support sheet (Y1) and the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) was obtained.

3-2.第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之Gc1及Gc300的測定、X值的計算 除了變更組成物(x1-1-1)的塗佈量之點以外,以與上述相同之方法,製作20片厚度50μm的第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)。接著,層合該等第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1),將所得之層合薄膜裁切成直徑25mm的圓板狀,而製作厚度1mm的第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之試驗片。 將黏彈性測定裝置(Anton Paar公司製「MCR301」)中之試驗片的設置部位預先以90℃進行保溫,於該設置部位上載置上述所得之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之試驗片,藉由將測定治具壓抵至該試驗片的上表面,而將試驗片固定於前述設置部位。 接著,在溫度90℃、測定頻率1Hz之條件下,使於試驗片產生之應變在0.01%~1000%之範圍階段地上升,並測定試驗片的儲存彈性模數Gc。接著,由Gc1及Gc300之測定值算出X值。將結果示於表1。3-2. Determination of Gc1 and Gc300 of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), calculation of the X value Except for changing the coating amount of the composition (x1-1-1), 20 sheets of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) with a thickness of 50μm were prepared in the same manner as above. Then, the first thermosetting resin films (x1-1) were laminated, and the obtained laminated films were cut into a circular plate with a diameter of 25mm to prepare a test piece of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) with a thickness of 1mm. The setting position of the test piece in the viscoelasticity measuring device ("MCR301" manufactured by Anton Paar) was preheated at 90°C, and the test piece of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) obtained above was placed on the setting position. The test piece was fixed to the aforementioned setting position by pressing the measuring jig against the upper surface of the test piece. Then, under the conditions of temperature of 90°C and measuring frequency of 1Hz, the strain generated in the test piece was gradually increased in the range of 0.01%~1000%, and the storage elastic modulus Gc of the test piece was measured. Then, the X value was calculated from the measured values of Gc1 and Gc300. The results are shown in Table 1.

3-3.第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的突出量之測定 使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製薄膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行剝離處理而成之剝離薄膜(Lintec公司製「SP-PET381031」,厚度38μm),在其前述剝離處理面上塗佈上述所得之組成物(x1-1-1),以120℃進行2分鐘加熱乾燥,藉此形成厚度30μm之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)。 接著,藉由將該第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)與前述剝離薄膜一起加工成直徑170mm之圓形狀,而製作附剝離薄膜之試驗片。 將所得之試驗片的露出面(換言之,與具備剝離薄膜之側為相反側之面)全面與透明帶狀之背面研磨膠帶(Lintec公司製「E-8180」)的表面進行貼合,藉此得到如圖15所示之層合物。圖15為將對於所得之層合物,從其中之背面研磨膠帶側的上方往下看時之狀態示意地表示之平面圖。 如此處所示般,所得之層合物101為在厚度方向中依序層合背面研磨膠帶107、試驗片120(第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1))及剝離薄膜所構成。3-3. Determination of the protrusion amount of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) A release film ("SP-PET381031" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, 38 μm thick) made by subjecting one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film to a release treatment by polysilicone treatment was used, and the composition (x1-1-1) obtained above was applied on the release-treated surface, and heat-dried at 120°C for 2 minutes to form a first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) with a thickness of 30 μm. Then, the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) was processed together with the release film into a circular shape with a diameter of 170 mm to prepare a test piece with a release film attached. The exposed surface of the obtained test piece (in other words, the surface opposite to the side with the release film) is fully bonded to the surface of a transparent tape-shaped back grinding tape ("E-8180" manufactured by Lintec Corporation), thereby obtaining a laminate as shown in FIG15. FIG15 is a plan view schematically showing the state of the obtained laminate when viewed from the top of the back grinding tape side. As shown here, the obtained laminate 101 is composed of the back grinding tape 107, the test piece 120 (the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1)) and the release film laminated in order in the thickness direction.

接著,從所得之層合物去除前述剝離薄膜,將新產生之前述試驗片的露出面(換言之,前述試驗片之與具備前述背面研磨膠帶之側為相反側之面)壓接至直徑12吋之矽晶圓的一個表面,而將前述試驗片貼附至矽晶圓的表面。此時,試驗片的貼附係使用貼附裝置(輥式層壓機,Lintec公司製「RAD-3510 F/12」),在載台溫度:90℃、貼附速度:2mm/sec、貼附壓力:0.5MPa、輥貼附高度:-200μm之條件下,邊加熱第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)邊進行。 接著,對於貼附在矽晶圓的附背面研磨膠帶之前述試驗片,測定其連結外周上之不同二點間之線段的長度的最大值,使用該測定值(前述線段的長度的最大值),參照圖2並藉由已說明之方法,算出前述試驗片(換言之,第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1))的突出量(mm)。將結果示於表1。 另外,突出量為170mm的情況下,判斷為沒有自原始試驗片的形狀變化,未產生突出。另一方面,突出量超過170mm的情況下,判斷為具有自原始試驗片的形狀變化,產生突出。Next, the peeling film is removed from the obtained laminate, and the exposed surface of the newly generated test piece (in other words, the surface of the test piece opposite to the side with the back grinding tape) is pressed against a surface of a silicon wafer with a diameter of 12 inches, and the test piece is attached to the surface of the silicon wafer. At this time, the test piece is attached using an attachment device (roller laminator, "RAD-3510 F/12" manufactured by Lintec) under the conditions of stage temperature: 90°C, attachment speed: 2mm/sec, attachment pressure: 0.5MPa, and roller attachment height: -200μm, while heating the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1). Next, for the aforementioned test piece with back grinding tape attached to the silicon wafer, the maximum value of the length of the line segment connecting two different points on the periphery is measured, and the measured value (maximum value of the length of the aforementioned line segment) is used to refer to Figure 2 and calculate the protrusion amount (mm) of the aforementioned test piece (in other words, the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1)) by the method already described. The results are shown in Table 1. In addition, when the protrusion amount is 170mm, it is judged that there is no shape change from the original test piece and no protrusion occurs. On the other hand, when the protrusion amount exceeds 170mm, it is judged that there is a shape change from the original test piece and protrusion occurs.

3-4.在凸塊的上部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的殘留有無之確認 從「3-1.第一複合薄片(α1)之製造」所得之第一複合薄片(α1)去除剝離薄膜,將由此露出之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的表面(露出面)壓接至具有凸塊的直徑8吋之半導體晶圓的凸塊形成面,藉此,將去除掉剝離薄膜之第一複合薄片(α1)貼附至半導體晶圓的凸塊形成面。此時,作為半導體晶圓,係使用凸塊的高度為210μm、凸塊的寬度為250μm、凸塊間的距離為400μm者。又,第一複合薄片(α1)的貼附係使用貼附裝置(輥式層壓機,Lintec公司製「RAD-3510 F/12」),在載台溫度:90℃、貼附速度:2mm/sec、貼附壓力:0.5MPa、輥貼附高度:-200μm之條件下,邊加熱第一複合薄片(α1)邊進行。 接著,使用多晶圓貼合機(Lintec公司製「RAD-2700 F/12」),從第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)去除第一支持薄片(Y1),使第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)露出。 接著,使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM,keyence公司製「VE-9700」),從相對於半導體晶圓的凸塊形成面為垂直之方向與為60°之角度的方向,觀察半導體晶圓之凸塊的表面,來確認在凸塊的上部之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的殘渣的有無。並且,於凸塊上部存在殘渣的情況下判定為「有殘渣」,於凸塊上部不存在殘渣的情況下判定為「無殘渣」。將結果示於表1。3-4. Confirmation of the presence or absence of residue of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the top of the bump The peeling film is removed from the first composite sheet (α1) obtained in "3-1. Production of the first composite sheet (α1)", and the surface (exposed surface) of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) thus exposed is pressed onto the bump forming surface of a semiconductor wafer having a diameter of 8 inches and having bumps, thereby attaching the first composite sheet (α1) from which the peeling film is removed to the bump forming surface of the semiconductor wafer. At this time, as a semiconductor wafer, a bump height of 210μm, a bump width of 250μm, and a distance between bumps of 400μm are used. Furthermore, the first composite sheet (α1) was attached using an attachment device (roller laminating machine, "RAD-3510 F/12" manufactured by Lintec) under the conditions of stage temperature: 90°C, attachment speed: 2mm/sec, attachment pressure: 0.5MPa, and roller attachment height: -200μm, while heating the first composite sheet (α1). Then, a multi-wafer bonding machine ("RAD-2700 F/12" manufactured by Lintec) was used to remove the first support sheet (Y1) from the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) to expose the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1). Next, a scanning electron microscope (SEM, "VE-9700" manufactured by Keyence) was used to observe the surface of the bump of the semiconductor wafer from a direction perpendicular to the bump formation surface of the semiconductor wafer and a direction at an angle of 60° to confirm the presence or absence of residue of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the top of the bump. If residue was present on the top of the bump, it was determined as "residue was present", and if residue was not present on the top of the bump, it was determined as "residue was not present". The results are shown in Table 1.

3-5.在凸塊形成面之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之收縮(cissing)的有無之確認 關於凸塊形成面中之半導體晶片的表面中的第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化物之收縮(cissing)的有無,係使用未形成凸塊的12吋之半導體晶圓來探討。 具體來說,使用未形成凸塊的12吋之矽晶圓,以與上述「3-4.在凸塊的上部之熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的殘留有無之確認」的情況相同之方法,貼附第一複合薄片(α1),並從第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)去除掉第一支持薄片(Y1)。 接著,對貼附於半導體晶圓之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜,使用加壓烘箱(Lintec公司製「RAD-9100」),在溫度:130℃、時間:2h、爐內壓力:0.5MPa之加熱條件下進行加熱處理,藉此使第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)熱硬化。 接著,使用光學顯微鏡(keyence公司製「VHX-1000」),從前述硬化物側觀察第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的硬化物(第1硬化樹脂膜(r1))與半導體晶圓之層合物全體。接著,存在有可直接確認半導體晶圓之露出的區域的情況下判定為「有收縮(cissing)」,不存在可直接確認半導體晶圓之露出的區域的情況下判定為「無收縮(cissing)」。3-5. Confirmation of the presence or absence of shrinkage (cissing) of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the bump forming surface The presence or absence of shrinkage (cissing) of the cured product of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the surface of the semiconductor chip on the bump forming surface was investigated using a 12-inch semiconductor wafer without a bump formed. Specifically, a 12-inch silicon wafer without a bump was used, and the first composite sheet (α1) was attached in the same manner as in the above-mentioned "3-4. Confirmation of the presence or absence of residue of the thermosetting resin film (x1-1) on the upper part of the bump", and the first supporting sheet (Y1) was removed from the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1). Next, the first thermosetting resin film attached to the semiconductor wafer was heat-treated in a pressurized oven ("RAD-9100" manufactured by Lintec) at a temperature of 130°C, a time of 2 hours, and an internal pressure of 0.5 MPa, thereby thermally curing the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1). Next, an optical microscope ("VHX-1000" manufactured by Keyence) was used to observe the entire laminate of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) (the first cured resin film (r1)) and the semiconductor wafer from the side of the cured product. Next, if there is a region where the exposure of the semiconductor wafer can be directly confirmed, it is determined as "there is cissing", and if there is no region where the exposure of the semiconductor wafer can be directly confirmed, it is determined as "there is no cissing".

3-5.對溝部之埋入性的評估 (1)半導體晶片製作用晶圓的準備 使用將分割預定線半切割之12吋的矽晶圓(晶圓厚度750μm)作為半導體晶片製作用晶圓。該矽晶圓之半切割部的寬度(溝部的寬度)為60μm,溝的深度為230μm。3-5. Evaluation of the embedding property of the groove (1) Preparation of wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing A 12-inch silicon wafer (wafer thickness 750μm) cut in half along the predetermined dividing line was used as the wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing. The width of the half-cut portion of the silicon wafer (the width of the groove) was 60μm, and the depth of the groove was 230μm.

(2)評估方法 從「3-1.第一複合薄片(α1)之製造」所得之第一複合薄片(α1)去除剝離薄膜,將由此露出之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的表面(露出面),藉由以下條件邊按壓邊貼附至半導體晶片製作用晶圓之表面側(半切割形成面)。 ・貼附裝置:全自動貼合機(Lintec股份有限公司製,製品名「RAD-3510」) ・輥壓力:0.5MPa ・輥高度:-400μm ・貼附速度:5mm/sec ・貼附溫度:90℃ 接著,從第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)剝離第一支持薄片(Y1)之後,將貼附有第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓,在130℃下加熱4小時進行硬化而形成第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)。接著,將半導體晶片製作用晶圓從半切割形成面往背面予以切斷,並使用光學顯微鏡(keyence公司製「VHX-1000」)觀察半切割部的對溝部之第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的埋入性。 埋入性的評估基準係如同以下。 S:第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的形狀未見到變形,埋入性最良好。 A:在溝部入口附近,第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)的形狀雖看到稍微的變形,但埋入性良好。 B:埋入性不良。(2) Evaluation method The release film is removed from the first composite sheet (α1) obtained in "3-1. Production of the first composite sheet (α1)", and the surface (exposed surface) of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) exposed thereby is adhered to the surface side (half-cut formation surface) of a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer while being pressed under the following conditions. ・Attachment device: Fully automatic bonding machine (manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., product name "RAD-3510") ・Roller pressure: 0.5MPa ・Roller height: -400μm ・Attachment speed: 5mm/sec ・Attachment temperature: 90℃ After peeling off the first support sheet (Y1) from the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1), the semiconductor chip wafer with the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) attached thereto is heated at 130℃ for 4 hours to be cured to form a first cured resin film (r1). Next, the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer was cut from the half-cut formation surface to the back side, and the embedding property of the first hardened resin film (r1) in the groove portion of the half-cut portion was observed using an optical microscope ("VHX-1000" manufactured by Keyence). The embedding property evaluation criteria are as follows. S: The shape of the first hardened resin film (r1) is not deformed, and the embedding property is the best. A: Although the shape of the first hardened resin film (r1) is slightly deformed near the entrance of the groove, the embedding property is good. B: The embedding property is poor.

4.結果 將第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜形成用組成物(x1-1-1)之含有成分及評估結果示於表1。 又,將「3-5.對溝部之埋入性的評估」之結果(圖面替代照片)示於圖16。4. Results The components and evaluation results of the first thermosetting resin film-forming composition (x1-1-1) are shown in Table 1. In addition, the results of "3-5. Evaluation of embedding properties in grooves" (picture instead of photograph) are shown in FIG16.

由表1所示之結果,可知如下。 可知在X值為19以上且未滿10,000的實施例1及2中,未見到突出,亦無凸塊上部之殘渣,貼附時也沒有見到收縮(cissing),溝埋入性亦為良好。 相對於此,可知若如比較例1及3般,X值未滿19,則會產生:突出的發生、凸塊上部中之殘渣的發生、埋入性亦不良的任一者以上。 又,由圖16之圖面替代照片可知,若如比較例1般發生突出,則溝埋入性變得不良。又,在比較例3中,第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)未侵入至溝中。 進而,可知若如比較例2般,X值為10,000以上,則凸塊形成面中產生收縮(cissing)。The results shown in Table 1 show the following. It can be seen that in Examples 1 and 2 where the X value is 19 or more and less than 10,000, no protrusion is observed, no residue on the top of the bump, no shrinkage (cissing) is observed during attachment, and the groove embedding property is also good. In contrast, it can be seen that if the X value is less than 19 as in Comparative Examples 1 and 3, one or more of the following will occur: the occurrence of protrusion, the occurrence of residue on the top of the bump, and poor embedding property. In addition, it can be seen from the figure-substituted photograph of Figure 16 that if protrusion occurs as in Comparative Example 1, the groove embedding property becomes poor. In addition, in Comparative Example 3, the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) does not penetrate into the groove. Furthermore, it can be seen that when the X value is 10,000 or more as in Comparative Example 2, cissing occurs in the bump forming surface.

由以上結果可知,藉由將使用實施例1及2之第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)而形成之附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓,供於上述步驟(S4)及上述步驟(S-BG)進行單片化,可以得到凸塊形成面及側面被第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)良好地被覆之半導體晶片。From the above results, it can be seen that by using the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) of Examples 1 and 2 to form a semiconductor chip with a first curing resin film (r1) as a wafer, and subjecting it to the above-mentioned step (S4) and the above-mentioned step (S-BG) for singulation, a semiconductor chip can be obtained in which the bump forming surface and the side surface are well covered by the first curing resin film (r1).

10:半導體晶片製作用晶圓 11:晶圓 11a:凸塊形成面 11b:背面 12:凸塊 13:溝部 40:半導體晶片 x1:第一硬化性樹脂 r1:第一硬化樹脂膜 X1:層 Y1:第一支持薄片 α1:第一複合薄片 x2:第二硬化性樹脂 r2:第二硬化樹脂膜 X2:層 Y2:第二支持薄片 α2:第二複合薄片 51:基材 61:黏著劑層 71:中間層10: Wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing 11: Wafer 11a: Bump forming surface 11b: Back surface 12: Bump 13: Groove 40: Semiconductor chip x1: First curable resin r1: First curable resin film X1: Layer Y1: First supporting sheet α1: First composite sheet x2: Second curable resin r2: Second curable resin film X2: Layer Y2: Second supporting sheet α2: Second composite sheet 51: Substrate 61: Adhesive layer 71: Intermediate layer

[圖1]為第一硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1)的剖面示意圖。 [圖2]為用於示意地說明樹脂薄膜的平面形狀為圓形時之樹脂薄膜的突出量的平面圖。 [圖3]為表示本發明之製造方法所使用之第一複合薄片(α1)之構成的概略剖面圖。 [圖4]為表示第一複合薄片(α1)之具體構成之一例的概略剖面圖。 [圖5]為表示第一複合薄片(α1)之具體構成之其他例的概略剖面圖。 [圖6]為表示第一複合薄片(α1)之具體構成之另一其他例的概略剖面圖。 [圖7]為本發明的半導體晶片之製造方法的步驟概略圖。 [圖8]為表示在步驟(S1)中所準備之半導體晶片製作用晶圓之一例的俯視圖。 [圖9]為表示在步驟(S1)中所準備之半導體晶片製作用晶圓之一例的概略剖面圖。 [圖10]為表示步驟(S2)的概略的圖。 [圖11]為表示第一實施形態之製造方法之概略的圖。 [圖12]為表示第二實施形態之製造方法之概略的圖。 [圖13]為表示第三實施形態之製造方法之概略的圖。 [圖14]為表示第四實施形態之製造方法之概略的圖。 [圖15]為示意地表示於第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的突出量的測定時所製作之包含第一熱硬化性樹脂薄膜(x1-1)的層合物的平面圖。 [圖16]為表示顯示實施例1、2及比較例1中之溝部的埋入性的剖面觀察結果的圖面替代照片。[Fig. 1] is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first curable resin film (x1). [Fig. 2] is a plan view for schematically illustrating the protrusion amount of the resin film when the plane shape of the resin film is a circle. [Fig. 3] is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the structure of the first composite sheet (α1) used in the manufacturing method of the present invention. [Fig. 4] is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the specific structure of the first composite sheet (α1). [Fig. 5] is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the specific structure of the first composite sheet (α1). [Fig. 6] is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the specific structure of the first composite sheet (α1). [Fig. 7] is a schematic diagram of the steps of the manufacturing method of the semiconductor chip of the present invention. [FIG. 8] is a top view showing an example of a wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing prepared in step (S1). [FIG. 9] is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a wafer for semiconductor chip manufacturing prepared in step (S1). [FIG. 10] is a schematic diagram showing step (S2). [FIG. 11] is a schematic diagram showing the manufacturing method of the first embodiment. [FIG. 12] is a schematic diagram showing the manufacturing method of the second embodiment. [FIG. 13] is a schematic diagram showing the manufacturing method of the third embodiment. [FIG. 14] is a schematic diagram showing the manufacturing method of the fourth embodiment. [Fig. 15] is a schematic plan view of a laminate including a first thermosetting resin film (x1-1) produced when measuring the protrusion amount of the first thermosetting resin film (x1-1). [Fig. 16] is a diagram-substituting photograph showing the cross-sectional observation results of the embedding properties of the grooves in Examples 1 and 2 and Comparative Example 1.

151:第1剝離薄膜 151: The first peeling film

152:第2剝離薄膜 152: Second peeling film

x1:第一硬化性樹脂 x1: First hardening resin

x1a:第1面 x1a: Page 1

x1b:第2面 x1b: Side 2

Claims (14)

一種硬化性樹脂薄膜,其係用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜之硬化樹脂膜;並且滿足下述要件(I),<要件(I)>在溫度90℃、頻率1Hz之條件下,使直徑25mm、厚度1mm之前述硬化性樹脂薄膜的試驗片產生應變,並測定前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數,於將前述試驗片的應變為1%時之前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數設為Gc1,且將前述試驗片的應變為300%時之前述試驗片的儲存彈性模數設為Gc300時,藉由下述式(i)所算出之X值為19以上且未滿10,000,X=Gc1/Gc300....(i)。 A curable resin film is used to form a protective film on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps; and the curable resin film satisfies the following requirement (I): <Requirement (I)> Under the conditions of temperature 90°C and frequency 1 Hz, a test piece of the curable resin film having a diameter of 25 mm and a thickness of 1 mm is subjected to stress. The storage elastic modulus of the test piece is measured. When the strain of the test piece is 1%, the storage elastic modulus of the test piece is set to Gc1, and when the strain of the test piece is 300%, the storage elastic modulus of the test piece is set to Gc300. The value of X calculated by the following formula (i) is greater than 19 and less than 10,000, X=Gc1/Gc300. . . . (i). 如請求項1之硬化性樹脂薄膜,其中,前述要件(I)中,Gc300未滿15,000。 The curable resin film of claim 1, wherein in the aforementioned requirement (I), Gc300 is less than 15,000. 一種複合薄片,其係用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜之硬化樹脂膜,並且具有層合支持薄片與硬化性樹脂之層而成之層合構造,前述硬化性樹脂為如請求項1或2之硬化性樹脂薄膜。 A composite sheet is used to form a hardened resin film as a protective film on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps, and has a laminated structure formed by laminating a support sheet and a hardening resin layer, wherein the hardening resin is a hardening resin film as claimed in claim 1 or 2. 一種硬化性樹脂薄膜之用途,其係將如請求項1或2之硬化性樹脂薄膜使用於在具有具備凸塊之凸 塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜之硬化樹脂膜。 A use of a curable resin film, which is to use the curable resin film as claimed in claim 1 or 2 to form a curable resin film as a protective film on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps. 一種複合薄片之用途,其係將如請求項3之複合薄片使用於在具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶片的前述凸塊形成面及側面之兩者上,形成作為保護膜之硬化樹脂膜。 A use of a composite sheet, which is to use the composite sheet as claimed in claim 3 to form a hardened resin film as a protective film on both the bump forming surface and the side surface of a semiconductor chip having a bump forming surface with bumps. 一種半導體晶片之製造方法,其依序包含下述步驟(S1)~(S4),步驟(S1):準備半導體晶片製作用晶圓的步驟,該半導體晶片製作用晶圓係於具有具備凸塊之凸塊形成面的半導體晶圓的前述凸塊形成面上,以未到達背面的方式形成有作為分割預定線之溝部;步驟(S2):將第一硬化性樹脂(x1)按壓並貼附至前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述凸塊形成面,並且,以前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)被覆前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述凸塊形成面的同時,埋入前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)至形成於前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓上的前述溝部的步驟;步驟(S3):使前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)硬化,得到附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的步驟;步驟(S4):沿著前述分割預定線,將前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓進行單片化,得到至少前述凸塊形成面及側面被前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)被覆之半導體晶片的步驟;進而,在前述步驟(S2)之後且在前述步驟(S3)之前、 在前述步驟(S3)之後且在前述步驟(S4)之前、或在前述步驟(S4)中,包含下述步驟(S-BG),步驟(S-BG):將前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面進行研削的步驟;並且使用如請求項1或2之硬化性樹脂薄膜作為前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip comprises the following steps (S1) to (S4) in sequence: step (S1): preparing a semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, wherein the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer is a semiconductor wafer having a bump forming surface with bumps, and a groove portion serving as a predetermined dividing line is formed on the bump forming surface of the semiconductor wafer in a manner that does not reach the back surface; step (S2): applying a first curable resin to the semiconductor wafer; (x1) is pressed and attached to the bump-forming surface of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, and the first curable resin (x1) is used to cover the bump-forming surface of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, and the first curable resin (x1) is buried in the groove formed on the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer; step (S3): the first curable resin (x1) is made to ) to obtain a semiconductor wafer with a first hardened resin film (r1); step (S4): singulating the semiconductor wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1) along the predetermined dividing line to obtain a semiconductor wafer with at least the bump forming surface and the side surface covered by the first hardened resin film (r1); further, in the step (S2) After and before the aforementioned step (S3), After the aforementioned step (S3) and before the aforementioned step (S4), or in the aforementioned step (S4), the following step (S-BG) is included, step (S-BG): the step of grinding the aforementioned back side of the wafer used for the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing; and using the curable resin film as claimed in claim 1 or 2 as the aforementioned first curable resin (x1). 如請求項6之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,前述步驟(S2)係藉由將具有層合第一支持薄片(Y1)與前述第一硬化性樹脂(x1)之層(X1)而成之層合構造的第一複合薄片(α1),以前述層(X1)作為貼附面按壓並貼附至前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述凸塊形成面來實施。 The method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as claimed in claim 6, wherein the aforementioned step (S2) is implemented by pressing and attaching the first composite sheet (α1) having a laminated structure formed by laminating a first supporting sheet (Y1) and a layer (X1) of the aforementioned first curable resin (x1) to the aforementioned bump forming surface of the aforementioned semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer using the aforementioned layer (X1) as an attachment surface. 如請求項7之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,在前述步驟(S2)之後且在前述步驟(S3)之前包含前述步驟(S-BG),並且前述步驟(S-BG)係藉由在貼附有前述第一複合薄片(α1)之狀態下,研削前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面之後,從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1)來實施,前述步驟(S4)係藉由將前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於前述溝部的部分,沿著前述分割預定線切斷來實施。 The method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as claimed in claim 7, wherein the step (S-BG) is included after the step (S2) and before the step (S3), and the step (S-BG) is implemented by grinding the back surface of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first composite sheet (α1) attached thereto, and then peeling off the first supporting sheet (Y1) from the first composite sheet (α1), and the step (S4) is implemented by cutting the portion formed in the groove of the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1) along the predetermined dividing line. 如請求項7之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,在前述步驟(S3)之後且在前述步驟(S4)之前包含前述步驟(S-BG),並且 以未從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1)的方式來實施前述步驟(S3),前述步驟(S-BG)係藉由在貼附有前述第一複合薄片(α1)之狀態下,研削前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面之後,從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1)來實施,前述步驟(S4)係藉由將前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於前述溝部的部分,沿著前述分割預定線切斷來實施。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as claimed in claim 7, wherein the step (S-BG) is included after the step (S3) and before the step (S4), and the step (S3) is performed without peeling the first supporting sheet (Y1) from the first composite sheet (α1), and the step (S-BG) is performed by In the state, after grinding the back side of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer, the first supporting sheet (Y1) is peeled off from the first composite sheet (α1), and the step (S4) is implemented by cutting the portion formed in the groove of the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1) along the predetermined dividing line. 如請求項7之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,在前述步驟(S3)之後且在前述步驟(S4)之前包含前述步驟(S-BG),並且在前述步驟(S2)之後且在前述步驟(S3)之前,從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1),前述步驟(S-BG)係藉由將背面研磨薄片(b-BG)貼附至前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之表面,在貼附有前述背面研磨薄片(b-BG)之狀態下,研削前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面之後,從前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓剝離前述背面研磨薄片(b-BG)來實施,前述步驟(S4)係藉由將前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於前述溝部的部分,沿著前述分割預定線切斷來實施。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as claimed in claim 7, wherein the step (S-BG) is included after the step (S3) and before the step (S4), and the first supporting sheet (Y1) is peeled off from the first composite sheet (α1) after the step (S2) and before the step (S3), and the step (S-BG) is performed by attaching a back grinding sheet (b-BG) to the first hardening resin film (r1) of the semiconductor chip manufacturing wafer with the first hardening resin film (r2). 1), after grinding the back side of the semiconductor wafer with the back side grinding sheet (b-BG) attached thereto, the back side grinding sheet (b-BG) is peeled off from the semiconductor wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1), and the step (S4) is performed by cutting the portion of the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor wafer with the first hardened resin film (r1) formed in the groove along the predetermined dividing line. 如請求項7之半導體晶片之製造方法, 其中,在前述步驟(S4)中包含前述步驟(S-BG),並且在前述步驟(S2)之後且在前述步驟(S3)之前,從前述第一複合薄片(α1)剝離前述第一支持薄片(Y1),前述步驟(S4)係藉由於前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之中形成於前述溝部的部分,沿著前述分割預定線切入切口,或沿著前述分割預定線形成改質區域之後,作為前述步驟(S-BG),將背面研磨薄片(b-BG)貼附至前述附第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述第一硬化樹脂膜(r1)之表面,在貼附有前述背面研磨薄片(b-BG)之狀態下,研削前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面來實施。 The method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as claimed in claim 7, wherein the step (S4) includes the step (S-BG), and after the step (S2) and before the step (S3), the first supporting sheet (Y1) is peeled off from the first composite sheet (α1), and the step (S4) is performed by forming the first hardened resin film (r1) of the semiconductor chip with the first hardened resin film (r1) in the first hardened resin film (r1) of the wafer. After the groove portion is cut along the aforementioned predetermined dividing line or the modified area is formed along the aforementioned predetermined dividing line, as the aforementioned step (S-BG), a back grinding sheet (b-BG) is attached to the surface of the aforementioned first hardened resin film (r1) of the aforementioned semiconductor wafer manufacturing wafer with the aforementioned first hardened resin film (r1), and the aforementioned back side of the aforementioned semiconductor wafer manufacturing wafer is ground while the aforementioned back grinding sheet (b-BG) is attached. 如請求項6~11中任一項之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,進而包含下述步驟(T),步驟(T):於前述半導體晶片製作用晶圓的前述背面,形成第二硬化樹脂膜(r2)的步驟。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as claimed in any one of claims 6 to 11, further comprising the following step (T): step (T): forming a second hardened resin film (r2) on the aforementioned back side of the wafer used for manufacturing the semiconductor chip. 如請求項6~11中任一項之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,前述溝部的寬度為10μm~2000μm。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as claimed in any one of claims 6 to 11, wherein the width of the groove is 10 μm to 2000 μm. 如請求項6~11中任一項之半導體晶片之製造方法,其中,前述溝部的深度為30μm~700μm。 A method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip as claimed in any one of claims 6 to 11, wherein the depth of the groove is 30 μm to 700 μm.
TW109146464A 2019-12-27 2020-12-28 Method for manufacturing curable resin film, composite sheet and semiconductor chip TWI877281B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019239012 2019-12-27
JP2019-239012 2019-12-27
JP2020031717 2020-02-27
JP2020-031717 2020-02-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202140641A TW202140641A (en) 2021-11-01
TWI877281B true TWI877281B (en) 2025-03-21

Family

ID=76574525

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109146464A TWI877281B (en) 2019-12-27 2020-12-28 Method for manufacturing curable resin film, composite sheet and semiconductor chip

Country Status (6)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7033237B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102904195B1 (en)
CN (2) CN114930503A (en)
PH (1) PH12022551575A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI877281B (en)
WO (2) WO2021132680A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4535417A1 (en) * 2022-06-02 2025-04-09 Sumitomo Bakelite Co., Ltd. Liquid resin composition and resin-encapsulated power module

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006028400A (en) * 2004-07-20 2006-02-02 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Adhesive sheet equipped with cushioning cover film, semiconductor device, and method for producing the device
US20060199887A1 (en) * 2004-03-17 2006-09-07 Dow Global Technologies Inc. Filled polymer compositions made from interpolymers of ethylene/a-olefins and uses thereof
TW200727374A (en) * 2005-04-27 2007-07-16 Lintec Corp Sheet underfiller and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP2019106420A (en) * 2017-12-11 2019-06-27 日東電工株式会社 Dicing tape-integrated sealing sheet and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2019181447A1 (en) * 2018-03-20 2019-09-26 リンテック株式会社 Method for producing processed article and adhesive layered body

Family Cites Families (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3664432B2 (en) * 2000-05-18 2005-06-29 カシオ計算機株式会社 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JP5380806B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2014-01-08 日立化成株式会社 Adhesive sheet, integrated sheet, semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP5830250B2 (en) 2011-02-15 2015-12-09 日東電工株式会社 Manufacturing method of semiconductor device
WO2013008757A1 (en) * 2011-07-08 2013-01-17 住友ベークライト株式会社 Dicing-tape-integrated adhesive sheet, semiconductor device, multilayered circuit board and electronic component
JP5951207B2 (en) * 2011-09-14 2016-07-13 リンテック株式会社 Dicing die bonding sheet
JP6328987B2 (en) * 2014-04-22 2018-05-23 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Manufacturing method of semiconductor device
US9508623B2 (en) * 2014-06-08 2016-11-29 UTAC Headquarters Pte. Ltd. Semiconductor packages and methods of packaging semiconductor devices
TWI657510B (en) * 2014-10-02 2019-04-21 日商住友電木股份有限公司 Method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
JP2015092594A (en) 2014-12-10 2015-05-14 日東電工株式会社 Protective layer forming film
SG11201803243UA (en) * 2015-11-04 2018-05-30 Lintec Corp Curable resin film and first protective film forming sheet
TWI641494B (en) * 2015-11-04 2018-11-21 日商琳得科股份有限公司 First protective film forming sheet, first protective film forming method, and semiconductor wafer manufacturing method
JP6950907B2 (en) * 2015-11-04 2021-10-13 リンテック株式会社 Manufacturing method of semiconductor devices
EP3355341A4 (en) * 2015-11-04 2019-05-01 LINTEC Corporation CURABLE RESIN FILM AND FORMATION SHEET OF FIRST PROTECTIVE FILM
CN109791887B (en) * 2016-10-05 2023-04-28 琳得科株式会社 First protective film forming sheet
JP6975006B2 (en) * 2016-12-26 2021-12-01 リンテック株式会社 Work manufacturing method
JP7098221B2 (en) 2017-09-08 2022-07-11 株式会社ディスコ Wafer processing method
TWI783082B (en) * 2017-11-17 2022-11-11 日商琳得科股份有限公司 Heat-curable resin film and sheet for forming first protective film

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060199887A1 (en) * 2004-03-17 2006-09-07 Dow Global Technologies Inc. Filled polymer compositions made from interpolymers of ethylene/a-olefins and uses thereof
JP2006028400A (en) * 2004-07-20 2006-02-02 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Adhesive sheet equipped with cushioning cover film, semiconductor device, and method for producing the device
TW200727374A (en) * 2005-04-27 2007-07-16 Lintec Corp Sheet underfiller and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP2019106420A (en) * 2017-12-11 2019-06-27 日東電工株式会社 Dicing tape-integrated sealing sheet and method of manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2019181447A1 (en) * 2018-03-20 2019-09-26 リンテック株式会社 Method for producing processed article and adhesive layered body

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114930504B (en) 2026-01-16
WO2021132679A1 (en) 2021-07-01
KR102904195B1 (en) 2025-12-26
JPWO2021132679A1 (en) 2021-07-01
JPWO2021132680A1 (en) 2021-07-01
KR20220122998A (en) 2022-09-05
CN114930503A (en) 2022-08-19
CN114930504A (en) 2022-08-19
TW202140663A (en) 2021-11-01
KR20220122999A (en) 2022-09-05
TW202140641A (en) 2021-11-01
JP7675659B2 (en) 2025-05-13
PH12022551575A1 (en) 2023-11-29
WO2021132680A1 (en) 2021-07-01
JP7033237B2 (en) 2022-03-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI861019B (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method
TWI634185B (en) Composite film for forming protective film, wafer with protective film, and method for manufacturing wafer with protective film
TWI891734B (en) Resin film, composite sheet, and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip having first protective film
WO2018212171A1 (en) Semiconductor device and mehtod for producing same
TWI885091B (en) Sheet for forming protective film, method for manufacturing semiconductor wafer with protective film, method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film, and method for manufacturing semiconductor package
TWI877281B (en) Method for manufacturing curable resin film, composite sheet and semiconductor chip
JP7256851B2 (en) Manufacturing method of kit and semiconductor chip
TWI822962B (en) Method for manufacturing workpiece with first protective film
TWI875909B (en) Semiconductor chip manufacturing method
KR102916116B1 (en) Method for manufacturing kits and semiconductor chips
TWI910126B (en) Manufacturing method of kit and semiconductor chip
TWI833912B (en) Thermosetting resin film and first protective film forming sheet
TWI834820B (en) Thermosetting resin film and first protective film forming sheet
TW202335838A (en) First protective film forming sheet, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of the sheet
TW202342273A (en) First sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of sheet
TW202342274A (en) First sheet for forming protective film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of sheet
CN113169082A (en) Thermosetting resin film, sheet for forming first protective film, kit, and method for producing workpiece with first protective film